Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2049:23d366df1938 v7.2.335
updated for version 7.2.335
Problem: The CTRL-] command escapes too many characters.
Solution: Use a different list of characters to be escaped. (Sergey Khorev)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 19 Jan 2010 15:24:27 +0100 |
parents | 85da03763130 |
children | 4a4287c09953 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
17 /* | |
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
19 */ | |
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
21 | |
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
7 | 37 |
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
39 | |
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
41 { | |
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
449 | 44 NULL, |
7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
50 NULL, | |
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
7 | 58 }; |
59 | |
1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
7 | 61 |
62 /* | |
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
64 */ | |
681 | 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
66 struct compl_S | |
7 | 67 { |
464 | 68 compl_T *cp_next; |
69 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
681 | 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
786 | 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
659 | 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
464 | 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
7 | 77 }; |
78 | |
464 | 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
7 | 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
81 | |
82 /* | |
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
449 | 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
7 | 88 */ |
464 | 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
449 | 92 |
825 | 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
96 | |
657 | 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
98 * are used. */ | |
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
100 | |
665 | 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
102 in compl_leader */ | |
103 | |
657 | 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
105 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
106 the longest common string. */ | |
107 | |
874 | 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
109 completions. */ | |
110 | |
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
112 | |
449 | 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
644 | 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
449 | 116 |
1927 | 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
118 * which is not allowed. */ | |
119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
120 | |
464 | 121 static int compl_matches = 0; |
122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
716 | 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
464 | 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
128 * that is being completed */ | |
129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
130 * completion started */ | |
131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
132 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
449 | 133 |
134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
1430 | 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
944 | 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
681 | 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
665 | 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
681 | 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
7 | 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
648 | 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
707 | 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
659 | 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
703 | 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
667 | 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
7 | 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
657 | 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
657 | 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
1782 | 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
694 | 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
659 | 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
724 | 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
162 #endif | |
659 | 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
7 | 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
665 | 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
610 | 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
644 | 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
610 | 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
681 | 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
1872 | 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
7 | 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
174 | |
175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
179 | |
661 | 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
7 | 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
2004 | 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
7 | 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
744 | 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
484 | 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
497 | 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
221 | 192 #endif |
7 | 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
840 | 195 #if 0 |
7 | 196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c)); |
840 | 197 #endif |
7 | 198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); |
199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
203 #endif | |
204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
1782 | 205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
7 | 207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
209 #endif | |
210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
449 | 212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
477 | 213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
7 | 214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
216 #endif | |
217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
219 #endif | |
449 | 220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
7 | 222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up)); | |
228 #endif | |
692 | 229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
231 #endif | |
7 | 232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
242 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
244 #endif | |
245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
249 #endif | |
250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
449 | 251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
7 | 252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
254 #endif | |
255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
256 | |
257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
259 | |
260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
603 | 264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
7 | 265 |
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
268 #endif | |
269 | |
270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
271 | |
272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
298 | 273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
7 | 277 #endif |
278 | |
279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
280 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
281 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
282 | |
283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
284 under the cursor */ | |
285 | |
286 /* | |
287 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
288 * | |
289 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
290 * 'i' normal insert command | |
291 * 'a' normal append command | |
292 * 'R' replace command | |
293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
295 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
298 * | |
299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
301 * | |
302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
303 */ | |
304 int | |
305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
306 int cmdchar; | |
307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
308 long count; | |
309 { | |
310 int c = 0; | |
311 char_u *ptr; | |
312 int lastc; | |
1869 | 313 int mincol; |
7 | 314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
315 int i; | |
316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
319 #endif | |
320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
322 int old_topfill = -1; | |
323 #endif | |
324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
325 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
477 | 326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
7 | 327 |
603 | 328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
330 | |
7 | 331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
332 * error message */ | |
333 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
334 | |
335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
337 if (sandbox != 0) | |
338 { | |
339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
340 return FALSE; | |
341 } | |
342 #endif | |
632 | 343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
634 | 345 if (textlock != 0) |
632 | 346 { |
347 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
348 return FALSE; | |
349 } | |
7 | 350 |
351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 | 352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
1927 | 353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
844 | 354 { |
355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
356 return FALSE; | |
357 } | |
7 | 358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
359 #endif | |
360 | |
11 | 361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
362 /* | |
363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
364 */ | |
365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
366 { | |
532 | 367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
11 | 368 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
369 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
370 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
371 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
372 else | |
373 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
532 | 375 # endif |
11 | 376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
377 } | |
378 #endif | |
379 | |
7 | 380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
381 /* | |
382 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
383 * where the paste started. | |
384 */ | |
385 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
386 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
387 else | |
388 #endif | |
389 { | |
390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
391 if (startln) | |
392 Insstart.col = 0; | |
393 } | |
1869 | 394 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 395 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
396 if (!did_ai) | |
397 ai_col = 0; | |
398 | |
399 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
400 { | |
401 ResetRedobuff(); | |
402 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
404 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
405 { | |
406 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
407 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
408 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
409 } | |
410 else | |
411 #endif | |
412 { | |
413 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
414 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
415 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
416 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
417 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
418 } | |
419 } | |
420 | |
421 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
422 { | |
423 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
424 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
425 { | |
426 beep_flush(); | |
427 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
428 State = INSERT; | |
429 } | |
430 else | |
431 #endif | |
432 State = REPLACE; | |
433 } | |
434 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
435 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
436 { | |
437 State = VREPLACE; | |
438 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
440 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
441 } | |
442 #endif | |
443 else | |
444 State = INSERT; | |
445 | |
446 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
447 | |
448 /* | |
449 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
450 * on a TAB or special character. | |
451 */ | |
452 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
453 | |
454 /* | |
455 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
456 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
457 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
458 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
459 */ | |
460 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
461 State |= LANGMAP; | |
462 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
463 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
464 #endif | |
465 | |
466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
467 setmouse(); | |
468 #endif | |
469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
470 clear_showcmd(); | |
471 #endif | |
472 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
473 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
474 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
475 if (revins_on) | |
476 undisplay_dollar(); | |
477 revins_chars = 0; | |
478 revins_legal = 0; | |
479 revins_scol = -1; | |
480 #endif | |
481 | |
482 /* | |
483 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
484 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
485 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
486 */ | |
487 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
488 { | |
489 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
490 /* | |
491 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
492 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
493 */ | |
494 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
495 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
496 else | |
497 #endif | |
498 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
499 restart_edit = 0; | |
500 | |
501 /* | |
502 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
503 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
504 * correct in very rare cases). | |
505 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
506 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
507 */ | |
508 validate_virtcol(); | |
509 update_curswant(); | |
230 | 510 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
7 | 511 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
512 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
513 { | |
514 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
517 else if (has_mbyte) | |
518 { | |
474 | 519 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 520 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
521 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
522 } | |
523 #endif | |
524 } | |
230 | 525 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
7 | 526 } |
527 else | |
528 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
529 | |
530 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
531 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
532 | |
533 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
534 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
535 | |
536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
537 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
538 #endif | |
539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
540 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
541 #endif | |
542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
543 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
544 * restarting. */ | |
545 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
546 foldOpenCursor(); | |
547 #endif | |
548 | |
549 /* | |
550 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
551 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
552 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
553 */ | |
554 i = 0; | |
644 | 555 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
7 | 556 i = showmode(); |
557 | |
558 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
1473 | 559 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
7 | 560 |
561 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
562 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
563 #endif | |
564 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
565 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
566 #endif | |
567 | |
603 | 568 /* |
569 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
570 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
571 */ | |
7 | 572 ptr = get_inserted(); |
573 if (ptr == NULL) | |
574 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
575 else | |
576 { | |
577 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
578 vim_free(ptr); | |
579 } | |
580 | |
581 old_indent = 0; | |
582 | |
583 /* | |
584 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
585 */ | |
586 for (;;) | |
587 { | |
588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
589 if (!revins_legal) | |
590 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
591 else | |
592 revins_legal = 0; | |
593 #endif | |
594 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
595 count = 0; | |
596 | |
597 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
598 { | |
599 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
600 count = 0; | |
601 goto doESCkey; | |
602 } | |
603 | |
604 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
605 if (!arrow_used) | |
606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
607 | |
608 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
609 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
610 if (stuff_empty()) | |
611 { | |
612 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
613 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
614 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
615 } | |
616 | |
617 /* | |
618 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
619 */ | |
620 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
621 | |
622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
623 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
624 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
625 * autocommand. */ | |
626 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
627 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
628 #endif | |
629 | |
630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
631 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
632 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
633 foldOpenCursor(); | |
634 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
635 if (!char_avail()) | |
636 foldCheckClose(); | |
637 #endif | |
638 | |
639 /* | |
640 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
641 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
642 * redraw. | |
643 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
644 * something. | |
645 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
646 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
647 */ | |
648 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
649 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
650 && !did_backspace | |
651 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
652 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
653 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
654 #endif | |
655 ) | |
656 { | |
657 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
658 validate_cursor_col(); | |
659 | |
1869 | 660 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
7 | 661 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
662 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
663 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
665 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
666 #endif | |
667 )) | |
668 { | |
669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
670 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
671 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
672 else | |
673 #endif | |
674 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
675 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
676 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
677 else | |
678 #endif | |
679 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
680 } | |
681 } | |
682 | |
683 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
684 update_topline(); | |
685 | |
686 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
687 | |
688 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
689 | |
690 /* | |
691 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
692 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
693 */ | |
661 | 694 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
7 | 695 |
696 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
697 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
698 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
699 #endif | |
700 | |
701 update_curswant(); | |
702 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
703 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
704 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
705 #endif | |
706 | |
707 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
708 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
709 #endif | |
710 | |
711 /* | |
1526 | 712 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
7 | 713 */ |
714 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
1526 | 715 do |
716 { | |
717 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
718 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
7 | 719 |
978 | 720 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
721 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
722 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
723 #endif | |
724 | |
7 | 725 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
726 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
727 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
728 #endif | |
729 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
730 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
731 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
732 #endif | |
733 | |
734 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
659 | 735 /* |
736 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
897 | 737 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
738 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
659 | 739 */ |
897 | 740 if (compl_started |
741 && pum_wanted() | |
742 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
743 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
744 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
659 | 745 { |
746 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
747 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
836 | 748 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
749 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
657 | 750 continue; |
751 | |
659 | 752 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
753 if (!compl_used_match) | |
657 | 754 { |
659 | 755 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
836 | 756 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
757 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
758 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
759 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
1872 | 760 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
836 | 761 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
659 | 762 { |
763 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
764 continue; | |
765 } | |
766 | |
1430 | 767 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
768 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
769 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
659 | 770 { |
771 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
772 continue; | |
773 } | |
665 | 774 |
887 | 775 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
825 | 776 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
777 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
778 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
665 | 779 { |
780 ins_compl_delete(); | |
781 ins_compl_insert(); | |
782 } | |
657 | 783 } |
784 } | |
785 | |
7 | 786 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
787 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
665 | 788 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
1526 | 789 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
657 | 790 continue; |
7 | 791 #endif |
792 | |
477 | 793 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
794 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
795 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
7 | 796 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
797 { | |
798 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 799 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 800 ++no_mapping; |
801 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 802 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 803 --no_mapping; |
804 --allow_keys; | |
477 | 805 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
7 | 806 { |
477 | 807 /* it's something else */ |
7 | 808 vungetc(c); |
809 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
810 } | |
811 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
812 continue; | |
813 else | |
814 { | |
477 | 815 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
816 { | |
817 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
818 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
819 nomove = TRUE; | |
820 } | |
7 | 821 count = 0; |
822 goto doESCkey; | |
823 } | |
824 } | |
825 | |
826 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
827 c = do_digraph(c); | |
828 #endif | |
829 | |
830 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
831 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
832 goto docomplete; | |
833 #endif | |
834 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
835 { | |
836 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
837 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
838 continue; | |
839 } | |
840 | |
841 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
842 if (cindent_on() | |
843 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
845 # endif | |
846 ) | |
847 { | |
848 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
849 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
850 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
851 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
852 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
853 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
854 goto force_cindent; | |
855 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
856 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
857 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
858 } | |
859 #endif | |
860 | |
861 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
862 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
863 switch (c) | |
864 { | |
865 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
866 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
867 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
868 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
869 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
870 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
871 } | |
872 #endif | |
873 | |
874 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
875 /* | |
876 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
877 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
878 * characters. | |
879 */ | |
880 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
881 continue; | |
882 #endif | |
883 | |
884 /* | |
885 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
886 */ | |
887 switch (c) | |
888 { | |
449 | 889 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 890 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
891 break; | |
892 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
893 | |
449 | 894 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 895 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
896 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
897 { | |
898 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
899 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
900 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
929 | 901 nomove = TRUE; |
7 | 902 goto doESCkey; |
903 } | |
904 #endif | |
905 | |
906 #ifdef UNIX | |
907 do_intr: | |
908 #endif | |
909 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
910 * Insert mode */ | |
911 if (goto_im()) | |
912 { | |
913 if (got_int) | |
914 { | |
915 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
916 got_int = FALSE; | |
917 } | |
918 else | |
919 vim_beep(); | |
920 break; | |
921 } | |
922 doESCkey: | |
923 /* | |
924 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
925 */ | |
926 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
927 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
230 | 928 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
7 | 929 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
930 | |
477 | 931 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
11 | 932 { |
933 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
934 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
935 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
936 FALSE, curbuf); | |
993 | 937 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
11 | 938 #endif |
7 | 939 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
11 | 940 } |
7 | 941 continue; |
942 | |
449 | 943 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
944 if (!p_im) | |
945 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
946 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
947 c = Ctrl_O; | |
948 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
949 | |
950 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
502 | 951 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
523 | 952 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
449 | 953 goto docomplete; |
954 #endif | |
955 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
956 break; | |
957 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
853 | 958 |
959 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
960 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
961 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
962 { | |
963 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
964 nomove = TRUE; | |
965 } | |
966 #endif | |
449 | 967 count = 0; |
968 goto doESCkey; | |
969 | |
464 | 970 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
971 case K_KINS: | |
972 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
973 break; | |
974 | |
975 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
976 break; | |
977 | |
449 | 978 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
979 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
980 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
981 goto doESCkey; | |
982 #endif | |
983 | |
984 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
985 case K_F1: | |
986 case K_XF1: | |
987 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
988 if (p_im) | |
989 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
990 goto doESCkey; | |
991 | |
992 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
993 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
994 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
1389 | 995 i = plain_vgetc(); |
449 | 996 --no_mapping; |
997 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
998 break; | |
999 #endif | |
1000 | |
1001 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
7 | 1002 case NUL: |
1003 case Ctrl_A: | |
449 | 1004 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
1005 * error. */ | |
7 | 1006 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
1007 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
1008 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
1009 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1010 break; | |
1011 | |
449 | 1012 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
7 | 1013 ins_reg(); |
1014 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1015 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1016 break; | |
1017 | |
449 | 1018 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
7 | 1019 ins_ctrl_g(); |
1020 break; | |
1021 | |
449 | 1022 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
1023 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
7 | 1024 break; |
1025 | |
1026 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
449 | 1027 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
7 | 1028 if (!p_ari) |
1029 goto normalchar; | |
1030 ins_ctrl_(); | |
1031 break; | |
1032 #endif | |
1033 | |
449 | 1034 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
7 | 1035 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1036 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
1037 goto docomplete; | |
1038 #endif | |
1039 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1040 | |
449 | 1041 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
7 | 1042 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1043 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
1044 { | |
449 | 1045 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
1046 goto docomplete; | |
1047 break; | |
7 | 1048 } |
1049 # endif | |
1050 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
1051 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1052 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1053 break; | |
1054 | |
449 | 1055 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
7 | 1056 case K_KDEL: |
1057 ins_del(); | |
1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1059 break; | |
1060 | |
449 | 1061 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
7 | 1062 case Ctrl_H: |
1063 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
1064 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1065 break; | |
1066 | |
449 | 1067 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
7 | 1068 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
1069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1070 break; | |
1071 | |
449 | 1072 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
12 | 1073 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
1074 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
449 | 1075 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
12 | 1076 goto docomplete; |
1077 # endif | |
7 | 1078 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
1079 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1080 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1081 break; | |
1082 | |
1083 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
449 | 1084 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
7 | 1085 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
1086 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
1087 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
1088 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
1089 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
1090 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
1091 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
1092 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
1093 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
1094 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
1095 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
1096 case K_X1DRAG: | |
1097 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
1098 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
1099 case K_X2DRAG: | |
1100 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
1101 ins_mouse(c); | |
1102 break; | |
1103 | |
449 | 1104 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
7 | 1105 ins_mousescroll(FALSE); |
1106 break; | |
1107 | |
449 | 1108 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
7 | 1109 ins_mousescroll(TRUE); |
1110 break; | |
1111 #endif | |
692 | 1112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
1113 case K_TABLINE: | |
1114 case K_TABMENU: | |
1115 ins_tabline(c); | |
1116 break; | |
1117 #endif | |
7 | 1118 |
449 | 1119 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
7 | 1120 break; |
1121 | |
661 | 1122 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1123 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
1124 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1125 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
1126 break; | |
1127 #endif | |
1128 | |
625 | 1129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
1130 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
1131 * cancelled. */ | |
1132 case K_F4: | |
1133 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
1134 goto normalchar; | |
1135 break; | |
1136 #endif | |
1137 | |
7 | 1138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1139 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
1140 ins_scroll(); | |
1141 break; | |
1142 | |
1143 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
1144 ins_horscroll(); | |
1145 break; | |
1146 #endif | |
1147 | |
449 | 1148 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
7 | 1149 case K_KHOME: |
1150 case K_S_HOME: | |
1151 case K_C_HOME: | |
1152 ins_home(c); | |
1153 break; | |
1154 | |
449 | 1155 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
7 | 1156 case K_KEND: |
1157 case K_S_END: | |
1158 case K_C_END: | |
1159 ins_end(c); | |
1160 break; | |
1161 | |
449 | 1162 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
180 | 1163 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1164 ins_s_left(); | |
1165 else | |
1166 ins_left(); | |
7 | 1167 break; |
1168 | |
449 | 1169 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
7 | 1170 case K_C_LEFT: |
1171 ins_s_left(); | |
1172 break; | |
1173 | |
449 | 1174 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
180 | 1175 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1176 ins_s_right(); | |
1177 else | |
1178 ins_right(); | |
7 | 1179 break; |
1180 | |
449 | 1181 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
7 | 1182 case K_C_RIGHT: |
1183 ins_s_right(); | |
1184 break; | |
1185 | |
449 | 1186 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
665 | 1187 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1188 if (pum_visible()) | |
1189 goto docomplete; | |
1190 #endif | |
180 | 1191 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1192 ins_pageup(); | |
1193 else | |
1194 ins_up(FALSE); | |
7 | 1195 break; |
1196 | |
449 | 1197 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
7 | 1198 case K_PAGEUP: |
1199 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
613 | 1200 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1201 if (pum_visible()) |
1202 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1203 #endif |
7 | 1204 ins_pageup(); |
1205 break; | |
1206 | |
449 | 1207 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
665 | 1208 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1209 if (pum_visible()) | |
1210 goto docomplete; | |
1211 #endif | |
180 | 1212 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1213 ins_pagedown(); | |
1214 else | |
1215 ins_down(FALSE); | |
7 | 1216 break; |
1217 | |
449 | 1218 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
7 | 1219 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
1220 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
613 | 1221 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1222 if (pum_visible()) |
1223 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1224 #endif |
7 | 1225 ins_pagedown(); |
1226 break; | |
1227 | |
1228 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
449 | 1229 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
7 | 1230 ins_drop(); |
1231 break; | |
1232 #endif | |
1233 | |
449 | 1234 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
7 | 1235 c = TAB; |
1236 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1237 | |
449 | 1238 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
7 | 1239 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1240 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
1241 goto docomplete; | |
1242 #endif | |
1243 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1244 if (ins_tab()) | |
1245 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
1246 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1247 break; | |
1248 | |
449 | 1249 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
7 | 1250 c = CAR; |
1251 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1252 case CAR: | |
1253 case NL: | |
1254 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
1255 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
1256 * cursor. */ | |
1257 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
1258 { | |
644 | 1259 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
1260 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
1261 else /* location list window */ | |
1262 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
7 | 1263 break; |
1264 } | |
1265 #endif | |
1266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
1267 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
1268 { | |
1269 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
1270 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
1271 goto doESCkey; | |
1272 } | |
1273 #endif | |
1274 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
1275 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
1276 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
1277 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1278 break; | |
1279 | |
1280 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND) | |
449 | 1281 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
7 | 1282 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1283 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
1284 { | |
449 | 1285 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
1286 goto docomplete; | |
1287 break; | |
7 | 1288 } |
1289 # endif | |
1290 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
1291 c = ins_digraph(); | |
1292 if (c == NUL) | |
1293 break; | |
1294 # endif | |
1295 goto normalchar; | |
449 | 1296 #endif |
7 | 1297 |
1298 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
464 | 1299 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
1300 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
1301 break; | |
1302 | |
449 | 1303 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1304 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
1305 goto normalchar; | |
1306 goto docomplete; | |
1307 | |
449 | 1308 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1309 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
1310 goto normalchar; | |
1311 goto docomplete; | |
477 | 1312 |
1313 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
1314 case Ctrl_S: | |
1315 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
1316 goto normalchar; | |
1317 goto docomplete; | |
7 | 1318 #endif |
1319 | |
449 | 1320 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1321 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1322 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
1323 #endif | |
1324 { | |
1325 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
1326 if (p_im) | |
1327 { | |
1328 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
1329 break; | |
1330 goto doESCkey; | |
1331 } | |
1332 goto normalchar; | |
1333 } | |
1334 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1335 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1336 | |
449 | 1337 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
7 | 1338 case Ctrl_N: |
1339 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
1340 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
1341 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
1342 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
449 | 1343 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
7 | 1344 goto normalchar; |
1345 | |
1346 docomplete: | |
1927 | 1347 compl_busy = TRUE; |
7 | 1348 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
449 | 1349 compl_cont_status = 0; |
1927 | 1350 compl_busy = FALSE; |
7 | 1351 break; |
1352 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
1353 | |
449 | 1354 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
1355 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
1356 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
7 | 1357 break; |
1358 | |
1359 default: | |
1360 #ifdef UNIX | |
1361 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
1362 goto do_intr; | |
1363 #endif | |
1364 | |
1365 /* | |
1366 * Insert a nomal character. | |
1367 */ | |
1368 normalchar: | |
1369 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1370 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
1371 ins_try_si(c); | |
1372 #endif | |
1373 | |
1374 if (c == ' ') | |
1375 { | |
1376 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
1377 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1378 if (inindent(0)) | |
1379 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
1380 #endif | |
1381 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
1382 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
1383 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
1384 } | |
1385 | |
1386 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
1387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1388 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
1389 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
1390 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
1391 #endif | |
1392 c)) | |
1393 { | |
1394 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
1395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1396 revins_legal++; | |
1397 revins_chars++; | |
1398 #endif | |
1399 } | |
1400 | |
1401 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1402 | |
1403 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1404 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
1405 * closed fold. */ | |
1406 foldOpenCursor(); | |
1407 #endif | |
1408 break; | |
1409 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
1410 | |
978 | 1411 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1412 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
1413 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
1414 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
1415 #endif | |
1416 | |
7 | 1417 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
1418 if (arrow_used) | |
1419 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1420 | |
1421 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1422 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
1423 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1424 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
1425 # endif | |
1426 ) | |
1427 { | |
1428 force_cindent: | |
1429 /* | |
1430 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
1431 */ | |
1432 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
1433 { | |
1434 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
1435 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
1436 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
1437 } | |
1438 } | |
1439 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
1440 | |
1441 } /* for (;;) */ | |
1442 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
1443 } | |
1444 | |
1445 /* | |
1446 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
1447 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
1448 * option work correctly. | |
1449 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
1450 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
1451 */ | |
1452 static void | |
661 | 1453 ins_redraw(ready) |
1876 | 1454 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
7 | 1455 { |
1456 if (!char_avail()) | |
1457 { | |
661 | 1458 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
794 | 1459 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
1460 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
661 | 1461 if (ready && has_cursormovedI() |
794 | 1462 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
1463 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1464 && !pum_visible() | |
1465 # endif | |
1466 ) | |
661 | 1467 { |
1506 | 1468 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1469 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
1470 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
1471 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
1472 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
1473 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw) | |
1474 update_screen(0); | |
1475 # endif | |
661 | 1476 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
1477 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1478 } | |
1479 #endif | |
7 | 1480 if (must_redraw) |
1481 update_screen(0); | |
1482 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
1483 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
1484 showruler(FALSE); | |
1485 setcursor(); | |
1486 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
1487 } | |
1488 } | |
1489 | |
1490 /* | |
1491 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
1492 */ | |
1493 static void | |
1494 ins_ctrl_v() | |
1495 { | |
1496 int c; | |
1497 | |
1498 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 1499 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 1500 |
1501 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
1502 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); | |
1503 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
1504 | |
1505 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1506 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
1507 #endif | |
1508 | |
1509 c = get_literal(); | |
1510 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1511 clear_showcmd(); | |
1512 #endif | |
1513 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
1514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1515 revins_chars++; | |
1516 revins_legal++; | |
1517 #endif | |
1518 } | |
1519 | |
1520 /* | |
1521 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
1522 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
1523 */ | |
1524 static int pc_status; | |
1525 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
1526 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
1527 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
1528 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
1529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1530 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1531 #else | |
1532 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1533 #endif | |
1534 static int pc_attr; | |
1535 static int pc_row; | |
1536 static int pc_col; | |
1537 | |
1538 void | |
1539 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
1540 int c; | |
1541 int highlight; | |
1542 { | |
1543 int attr; | |
1544 | |
1545 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
1546 { | |
1547 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
1548 validate_cursor(); | |
1549 if (highlight) | |
1550 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
1551 else | |
1552 attr = 0; | |
1553 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
1554 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
1555 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1556 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
1557 #endif | |
1558 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1559 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
1560 { | |
1561 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
1562 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1563 if (has_mbyte) | |
1564 { | |
1565 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
1566 | |
1567 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
1568 { | |
1569 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
1570 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
1571 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
1572 } | |
1573 } | |
1574 # endif | |
1575 } | |
1576 else | |
1577 #endif | |
1578 { | |
1579 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
1580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1581 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
1582 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
1583 #endif | |
1584 } | |
1585 | |
1586 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
1587 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1588 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
1589 #endif | |
1590 { | |
1591 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
1592 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
1593 } | |
1594 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
1595 } | |
1596 } | |
1597 | |
1598 /* | |
1599 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
1600 */ | |
1601 void | |
1602 edit_unputchar() | |
1603 { | |
1604 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
1605 { | |
1606 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1607 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
1608 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
1609 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
1610 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1611 else | |
1612 #endif | |
1613 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
1614 } | |
1615 } | |
1616 | |
1617 /* | |
1618 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
1619 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
1620 */ | |
1621 void | |
1622 display_dollar(col) | |
1623 colnr_T col; | |
1624 { | |
1625 colnr_T save_col; | |
1626 | |
1627 if (!redrawing()) | |
1628 return; | |
1629 | |
1630 cursor_off(); | |
1631 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1632 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
1633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1634 if (has_mbyte) | |
1635 { | |
1636 char_u *p; | |
1637 | |
1638 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
1639 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1640 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
1641 } | |
1642 #endif | |
1643 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
1644 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
1645 { | |
1646 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
1647 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
1648 } | |
1649 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
1650 } | |
1651 | |
1652 /* | |
1653 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
1654 * in insert mode. | |
1655 */ | |
1656 static void | |
1657 undisplay_dollar() | |
1658 { | |
1659 if (dollar_vcol) | |
1660 { | |
1661 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
1662 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1663 } | |
1664 } | |
1665 | |
1666 /* | |
1667 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
1668 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
1669 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
1670 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
1671 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
1672 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
1673 */ | |
1674 void | |
1516 | 1675 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 1676 int type; |
1677 int amount; | |
1678 int round; | |
1679 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
1516 | 1680 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 1681 { |
1682 int vcol; | |
1683 int last_vcol; | |
1684 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
1685 int new_cursor_col; | |
1686 int i; | |
1687 char_u *ptr; | |
1688 int save_p_list; | |
1689 int start_col; | |
1690 colnr_T vc; | |
1691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1692 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1693 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
1694 | |
1695 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
1696 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1697 { | |
1698 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
1699 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1700 } | |
1701 #endif | |
1702 | |
1703 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
1704 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
1705 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
1706 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
1707 vcol = vc; | |
1708 | |
1709 /* | |
1710 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
1711 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
1712 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
1713 */ | |
1714 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1715 | |
1716 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
1717 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1718 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
1719 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1720 | |
1721 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1722 | |
1723 /* | |
1724 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
1725 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
1726 */ | |
1727 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
1728 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1729 | |
1730 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
1731 start_col = -1; | |
1732 | |
1733 /* | |
1734 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
1735 */ | |
1736 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
1516 | 1737 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 1738 else |
1739 { | |
1740 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1741 int save_State = State; | |
1742 | |
1743 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
1744 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1745 State = INSERT; | |
1746 #endif | |
1516 | 1747 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 1748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
1749 State = save_State; | |
1750 #endif | |
1751 } | |
1752 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1753 | |
1754 /* | |
1755 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
1756 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
1757 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
1758 * non-blank character. | |
1759 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
1760 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
1761 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
1762 */ | |
1763 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
1764 { | |
1765 /* | |
1766 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
1767 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1768 */ | |
1769 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
1770 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1771 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1772 } | |
1773 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
1774 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1775 else | |
1776 { | |
1777 /* | |
1778 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
1779 */ | |
1780 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1869 | 1781 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
7 | 1782 |
1783 /* | |
1784 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
1785 */ | |
1786 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
1787 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
1788 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
1789 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1790 { | |
1791 last_vcol = vcol; | |
1792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1793 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
474 | 1794 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
7 | 1795 else |
1796 #endif | |
1797 ++new_cursor_col; | |
1798 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
1799 } | |
1800 vcol = last_vcol; | |
1801 | |
1802 /* | |
1803 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
1804 * the right screen column. | |
1805 */ | |
1806 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1807 { | |
1869 | 1808 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1809 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
1869 | 1810 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
7 | 1811 if (ptr != NULL) |
1812 { | |
1813 new_cursor_col += i; | |
1814 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
1815 while (--i >= 0) | |
1816 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
1817 ins_str(ptr); | |
1818 vim_free(ptr); | |
1819 } | |
1820 } | |
1821 | |
1822 /* | |
1823 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
1824 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1825 */ | |
1826 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1827 } | |
1828 | |
1829 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
1830 | |
1831 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
1832 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1833 else | |
1869 | 1834 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1835 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
1836 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
1837 | |
1838 /* | |
1839 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
1840 */ | |
1841 if (State & INSERT) | |
1842 { | |
1843 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
1844 { | |
1845 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
1846 Insstart.col = 0; | |
1847 else | |
1848 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
1849 } | |
1850 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
1851 ai_col = 0; | |
1852 else | |
1853 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
1854 } | |
1855 | |
1856 /* | |
1857 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
1858 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
1859 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
1860 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
1861 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
1862 */ | |
1863 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
1864 { | |
1865 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
1866 { | |
1867 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1868 --start_col; | |
1869 } | |
1870 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
1871 { | |
1872 replace_push(NUL); | |
1873 if (replaced) | |
1874 { | |
1875 replace_push(replaced); | |
1876 replaced = NUL; | |
1877 } | |
1878 ++start_col; | |
1879 } | |
1880 } | |
1881 | |
1882 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1883 /* | |
1884 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
1885 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
1886 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
1887 */ | |
1888 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1889 { | |
1890 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
1891 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
1892 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
1893 return; | |
1894 | |
1895 /* Save new line */ | |
1896 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
1897 if (new_line == NULL) | |
1898 return; | |
1899 | |
1900 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
1901 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
1902 | |
1903 /* Put back original line */ | |
1904 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
1905 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
1906 | |
1907 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
1908 backspace_until_column(0); | |
1909 | |
1910 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
1911 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
1912 | |
1913 vim_free(new_line); | |
1914 } | |
1915 #endif | |
1916 } | |
1917 | |
1918 /* | |
1919 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
1920 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
1921 * modes. | |
1922 */ | |
1923 void | |
1924 truncate_spaces(line) | |
1925 char_u *line; | |
1926 { | |
1927 int i; | |
1928 | |
1929 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
1930 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
1931 { | |
1932 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1933 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1934 } | |
1935 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
1936 } | |
1937 | |
1938 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
1939 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
1940 /* | |
1941 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
1942 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
1782 | 1943 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
1944 * character. | |
7 | 1945 */ |
1946 void | |
1947 backspace_until_column(col) | |
1948 int col; | |
1949 { | |
1950 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
1951 { | |
1952 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
1953 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 1954 replace_do_bs(col); |
1955 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
1956 break; | |
1957 } | |
1958 } | |
1959 #endif | |
1960 | |
1961 /* | |
1962 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
1963 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
1964 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
1965 */ | |
1966 static int | |
1967 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
1876 | 1968 int limit_col UNUSED; |
1782 | 1969 { |
1970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1971 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
1972 { | |
1869 | 1973 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
1782 | 1974 |
1975 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
1976 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
1977 * composing character. */ | |
1978 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
1796 | 1979 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
1782 | 1980 { |
1981 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
1982 | |
1983 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
1984 break; | |
1985 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
1986 } | |
1987 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
1988 return FALSE; | |
1869 | 1989 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
1782 | 1990 } |
1991 else | |
1992 #endif | |
1993 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
1994 return TRUE; | |
1995 } | |
7 | 1996 |
1997 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
1998 /* | |
449 | 1999 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
2000 */ | |
2001 static void | |
2002 ins_ctrl_x() | |
2003 { | |
2004 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
2005 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
2006 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
2007 { | |
2008 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
2009 * compl_cont_status */ | |
2010 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
665 | 2011 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
449 | 2012 else |
2013 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
2014 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
2015 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
2016 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
2017 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
2018 showmode(); | |
2019 } | |
2020 } | |
2021 | |
2022 /* | |
2023 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
2024 */ | |
2025 static int | |
2026 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
2027 int dict_opt; | |
2028 { | |
703 | 2029 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
744 | 2030 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2031 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
2032 # endif | |
2033 ) | |
449 | 2034 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
2035 { | |
2036 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
2037 edit_submode = NULL; | |
2038 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
2039 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
2040 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
2041 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
2042 { | |
2043 vim_beep(); | |
2044 setcursor(); | |
2045 out_flush(); | |
2046 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
2047 } | |
2048 return FALSE; | |
2049 } | |
2050 return TRUE; | |
2051 } | |
2052 | |
2053 /* | |
7 | 2054 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
2055 * This depends on the current mode. | |
2056 */ | |
2057 int | |
2058 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
2059 int c; | |
2060 { | |
2061 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
2062 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
2063 return TRUE; | |
2064 | |
610 | 2065 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
644 | 2066 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
610 | 2067 return TRUE; |
2068 | |
7 | 2069 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
2070 { | |
2071 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
2072 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
2073 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
449 | 2074 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
7 | 2075 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
2076 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
2077 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
477 | 2078 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
2079 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
7 | 2080 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
2081 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
2082 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2083 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2084 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2085 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2086 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
2087 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2088 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
2089 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2090 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
2091 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2092 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
2093 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
2094 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2095 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
2096 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2097 #endif | |
2098 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2099 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
2100 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
12 | 2101 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
2102 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
449 | 2103 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
523 | 2104 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
449 | 2105 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
502 | 2106 #endif |
477 | 2107 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
2108 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
7 | 2109 } |
2110 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
2111 return FALSE; | |
2112 } | |
2113 | |
2114 /* | |
1430 | 2115 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
2116 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
2117 * is visible. | |
2118 */ | |
2119 static int | |
2120 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
2121 int c; | |
2122 { | |
2123 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
2124 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
2125 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
2126 | |
2127 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
2128 { | |
2129 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2130 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
2131 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
2132 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
2133 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
2134 | |
2135 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2136 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
2137 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
2138 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
2139 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
2140 | |
2141 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2142 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
2143 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
2144 } | |
2145 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
2146 } | |
2147 | |
2148 /* | |
659 | 2149 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
7 | 2150 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
1219 | 2151 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
7 | 2152 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
2153 */ | |
2154 int | |
681 | 2155 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
7 | 2156 char_u *str; |
2157 int len; | |
681 | 2158 int icase; |
7 | 2159 char_u *fname; |
2160 int dir; | |
464 | 2161 int flags; |
7 | 2162 { |
1353 | 2163 char_u *p; |
2164 int i, c; | |
2165 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
2166 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
2004 | 2167 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
7 | 2168 int has_lower = FALSE; |
2169 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
1353 | 2170 |
1436 | 2171 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
1353 | 2172 { |
2173 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
2174 | |
2175 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
2176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2177 if (has_mbyte) | |
2178 { | |
2179 p = str; | |
2180 actual_len = 0; | |
2181 while (*p != NUL) | |
2182 { | |
2183 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2184 ++actual_len; | |
2185 } | |
2186 } | |
2187 else | |
2188 #endif | |
2189 actual_len = len; | |
2190 | |
2191 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
2192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2193 if (has_mbyte) | |
2194 { | |
2195 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2196 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
2197 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 2198 { |
1353 | 2199 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
2200 ++actual_compl_length; | |
2201 } | |
2202 } | |
2203 else | |
2204 #endif | |
2205 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
2206 | |
2207 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ | |
1869 | 2208 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
1353 | 2209 if (wca != NULL) |
2210 { | |
2211 p = str; | |
2212 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2214 if (has_mbyte) | |
2215 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2216 else | |
2217 #endif | |
2218 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
2219 | |
2220 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
2221 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2222 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i) | |
2223 { | |
2224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2225 if (has_mbyte) | |
2226 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2227 else | |
2228 #endif | |
2229 c = *(p++); | |
2230 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
7 | 2231 { |
1353 | 2232 has_lower = TRUE; |
2233 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
2234 { | |
2235 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
2236 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2237 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2238 break; | |
2239 } | |
7 | 2240 } |
2241 } | |
1353 | 2242 |
2243 /* | |
2244 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
2245 * upper case. | |
2246 */ | |
2247 if (!has_lower) | |
2248 { | |
2249 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2250 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i) | |
2251 { | |
2252 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2253 if (has_mbyte) | |
2254 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2255 else | |
2256 #endif | |
2257 c = *(p++); | |
2258 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
2259 { | |
2260 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
2261 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2262 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
2263 break; | |
2264 } | |
2265 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
2266 } | |
2267 } | |
2268 | |
2269 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
2270 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2271 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i) | |
7 | 2272 { |
1353 | 2273 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2274 if (has_mbyte) | |
2275 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2276 else | |
2277 #endif | |
2278 c = *(p++); | |
2279 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2280 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2281 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2282 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
7 | 2283 } |
1353 | 2284 |
1436 | 2285 /* |
1353 | 2286 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
2287 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
2288 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
2289 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
2290 */ | |
2291 p = IObuff; | |
2292 i = 0; | |
2293 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
2294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2295 if (has_mbyte) | |
1446 | 2296 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
1353 | 2297 else |
2298 #endif | |
2299 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
2300 *p = NUL; | |
2301 | |
2302 vim_free(wca); | |
2303 } | |
7 | 2304 |
841 | 2305 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
2306 flags, FALSE); | |
2307 } | |
2308 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
7 | 2309 } |
2310 | |
2311 /* | |
2312 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
2313 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
464 | 2314 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
681 | 2315 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
7 | 2316 */ |
841 | 2317 static int |
944 | 2318 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
7 | 2319 char_u *str; |
2320 int len; | |
681 | 2321 int icase; |
7 | 2322 char_u *fname; |
841 | 2323 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
659 | 2324 int cdir; |
464 | 2325 int flags; |
944 | 2326 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
7 | 2327 { |
464 | 2328 compl_T *match; |
659 | 2329 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
7 | 2330 |
2331 ui_breakcheck(); | |
2332 if (got_int) | |
464 | 2333 return FAIL; |
7 | 2334 if (len < 0) |
2335 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
2336 | |
2337 /* | |
2338 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
2339 */ | |
944 | 2340 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
449 | 2341 { |
2342 match = compl_first_match; | |
7 | 2343 do |
2344 { | |
464 | 2345 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
989 | 2346 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
464 | 2347 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
2348 return NOTDONE; | |
2349 match = match->cp_next; | |
449 | 2350 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
7 | 2351 } |
2352 | |
540 | 2353 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
2354 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2355 | |
7 | 2356 /* |
2357 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
2358 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
2359 */ | |
659 | 2360 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
7 | 2361 if (match == NULL) |
464 | 2362 return FAIL; |
2363 match->cp_number = -1; | |
2364 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2365 match->cp_number = 0; | |
694 | 2366 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
7 | 2367 { |
2368 vim_free(match); | |
464 | 2369 return FAIL; |
7 | 2370 } |
681 | 2371 match->cp_icase = icase; |
659 | 2372 |
7 | 2373 /* match-fname is: |
464 | 2374 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
7 | 2375 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
2376 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
659 | 2377 if (fname != NULL |
829 | 2378 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
659 | 2379 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
2380 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
464 | 2381 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
659 | 2382 else if (fname != NULL) |
2383 { | |
2384 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
464 | 2385 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
659 | 2386 } |
7 | 2387 else |
464 | 2388 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
2389 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
786 | 2390 |
2391 if (cptext != NULL) | |
2392 { | |
2393 int i; | |
2394 | |
2395 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
2396 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
2397 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
2398 } | |
7 | 2399 |
2400 /* | |
2401 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
2402 */ | |
449 | 2403 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
464 | 2404 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
7 | 2405 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
2406 { | |
464 | 2407 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
2408 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
7 | 2409 } |
2410 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
2411 { | |
464 | 2412 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
2413 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
2414 } | |
2415 if (match->cp_next) | |
2416 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
2417 if (match->cp_prev) | |
2418 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
7 | 2419 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
449 | 2420 compl_first_match = match; |
2421 compl_curr_match = match; | |
7 | 2422 |
665 | 2423 /* |
2424 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
2425 */ | |
2426 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
2427 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
2428 | |
7 | 2429 return OK; |
2430 } | |
2431 | |
2432 /* | |
681 | 2433 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
2434 * match->cp_icase. | |
2435 */ | |
2436 static int | |
2437 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
2438 compl_T *match; | |
2439 char_u *str; | |
2440 int len; | |
2441 { | |
2442 if (match->cp_icase) | |
2443 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2444 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2445 } | |
2446 | |
2447 /* | |
665 | 2448 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
2449 */ | |
2450 static void | |
2451 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
2452 compl_T *match; | |
2453 { | |
2454 char_u *p, *s; | |
681 | 2455 int c1, c2; |
665 | 2456 int had_match; |
2457 | |
2458 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
842 | 2459 { |
665 | 2460 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
2461 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
842 | 2462 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
2463 { | |
2464 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2465 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2466 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
842 | 2467 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2468 | |
2469 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2470 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2471 if (!had_match) | |
2472 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2473 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2474 } | |
2475 } | |
665 | 2476 else |
2477 { | |
2478 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
681 | 2479 p = compl_leader; |
2480 s = match->cp_str; | |
2481 while (*p != NUL) | |
665 | 2482 { |
2483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2484 if (has_mbyte) | |
2485 { | |
681 | 2486 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
2487 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
665 | 2488 } |
2489 else | |
2490 #endif | |
2491 { | |
681 | 2492 c1 = *p; |
2493 c2 = *s; | |
2494 } | |
2495 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
2496 : (c1 != c2)) | |
2497 break; | |
2498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2499 if (has_mbyte) | |
2500 { | |
2501 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2502 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
2503 } | |
2504 else | |
2505 #endif | |
2506 { | |
2507 ++p; | |
2508 ++s; | |
665 | 2509 } |
2510 } | |
2511 | |
2512 if (*p != NUL) | |
2513 { | |
2514 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
2515 *p = NUL; | |
2516 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2517 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2518 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 2519 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2520 | |
2521 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2522 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2523 if (!had_match) | |
2524 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2525 } | |
2526 | |
2527 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2528 } | |
2529 } | |
2530 | |
2531 /* | |
7 | 2532 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
2533 * Frees matches[]. | |
2534 */ | |
2535 static void | |
681 | 2536 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
7 | 2537 int num_matches; |
2538 char_u **matches; | |
681 | 2539 int icase; |
7 | 2540 { |
2541 int i; | |
2542 int add_r = OK; | |
659 | 2543 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2544 |
464 | 2545 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
681 | 2546 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
841 | 2547 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
7 | 2548 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
659 | 2549 dir = FORWARD; |
7 | 2550 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
2551 } | |
2552 | |
2553 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
2554 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
2555 */ | |
2556 static int | |
2557 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
2558 { | |
464 | 2559 compl_T *match; |
7 | 2560 int count = 0; |
2561 | |
449 | 2562 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
7 | 2563 { |
2564 /* | |
2565 * Find the end of the list. | |
2566 */ | |
449 | 2567 match = compl_first_match; |
2568 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
464 | 2569 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
2570 { | |
2571 match = match->cp_next; | |
7 | 2572 ++count; |
2573 } | |
464 | 2574 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
2575 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
7 | 2576 } |
2577 return count; | |
2578 } | |
2579 | |
724 | 2580 /* |
2581 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
2582 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
2583 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
2584 */ | |
2585 void | |
2586 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
1869 | 2587 colnr_T startcol; |
724 | 2588 list_T *list; |
2589 { | |
2590 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
2591 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
2592 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
2593 ins_compl_clear(); | |
2594 | |
2595 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
2596 return; | |
2597 | |
1869 | 2598 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
724 | 2599 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2600 compl_col = startcol; | |
1869 | 2601 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
724 | 2602 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
2603 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
2604 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 2605 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
724 | 2606 return; |
2607 | |
2608 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
2609 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
2610 | |
2611 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
2612 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
2613 compl_started = TRUE; | |
2614 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
929 | 2615 compl_cont_status = 0; |
724 | 2616 |
2617 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
2618 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
2619 out_flush(); | |
2620 } | |
2621 | |
2622 | |
574 | 2623 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
2624 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
659 | 2625 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
540 | 2626 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
2627 | |
2628 /* | |
2629 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
2630 */ | |
2631 static void | |
2632 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
2633 { | |
2634 int h; | |
2635 | |
2636 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2637 { | |
2638 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
2639 update_screen(0); | |
2640 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
2641 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2642 } | |
2643 } | |
2644 | |
2645 /* | |
2646 * Remove any popup menu. | |
2647 */ | |
2648 static void | |
2649 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
2650 { | |
2651 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2652 { | |
2653 pum_undisplay(); | |
2654 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
2655 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
2656 } | |
2657 } | |
2658 | |
2659 /* | |
2660 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
2661 */ | |
2662 static int | |
2663 pum_wanted() | |
2664 { | |
707 | 2665 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
665 | 2666 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
540 | 2667 return FALSE; |
2668 | |
2669 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
2670 if (t_colors < 8 | |
2671 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2672 && !gui.in_use | |
2673 #endif | |
2674 ) | |
2675 return FALSE; | |
657 | 2676 return TRUE; |
2677 } | |
2678 | |
2679 /* | |
2680 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
707 | 2681 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
657 | 2682 */ |
2683 static int | |
707 | 2684 pum_enough_matches() |
657 | 2685 { |
2686 compl_T *compl; | |
2687 int i; | |
540 | 2688 |
2689 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
2690 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
2691 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2692 i = 0; | |
2693 do | |
2694 { | |
2695 if (compl == NULL | |
2696 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
2697 break; | |
2698 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2699 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
2700 | |
707 | 2701 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
2702 return (i >= 1); | |
540 | 2703 return (i >= 2); |
2704 } | |
2705 | |
2706 /* | |
2707 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
659 | 2708 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
540 | 2709 */ |
648 | 2710 void |
540 | 2711 ins_compl_show_pum() |
2712 { | |
2713 compl_T *compl; | |
659 | 2714 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
2715 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
2716 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
540 | 2717 int i; |
2718 int cur = -1; | |
2719 colnr_T col; | |
657 | 2720 int lead_len = 0; |
2721 | |
707 | 2722 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
540 | 2723 return; |
2724 | |
794 | 2725 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
2726 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
2727 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
2728 #endif | |
2729 | |
540 | 2730 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
2731 update_screen(0); | |
2732 | |
2733 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
2734 { | |
2735 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
2736 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
2737 compl = compl_first_match; | |
657 | 2738 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
835 | 2739 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
540 | 2740 do |
2741 { | |
657 | 2742 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2743 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2744 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2745 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
2746 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2747 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
657 | 2748 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
2749 return; | |
659 | 2750 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
2751 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
540 | 2752 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
2753 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2754 { | |
829 | 2755 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
2756 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
2757 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2758 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2759 | |
540 | 2760 i = 0; |
2761 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2762 do | |
2763 { | |
657 | 2764 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2765 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2766 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2767 { |
659 | 2768 if (!shown_match_ok) |
2769 { | |
2770 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
2771 { | |
2772 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
2773 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
2774 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
2775 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
2776 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2777 } | |
2778 else | |
2779 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
2780 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
2781 shown_compl = compl; | |
540 | 2782 cur = i; |
659 | 2783 } |
786 | 2784 |
2785 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
2786 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
2787 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
2788 else | |
2789 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
2790 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
2791 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
2792 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
2793 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
2794 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
659 | 2795 else |
2796 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
2797 } | |
2798 | |
2799 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
2800 { | |
2801 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
716 | 2802 |
2803 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
2804 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
2805 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2806 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2807 | |
659 | 2808 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
2809 { | |
2810 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
2811 * previously displayed match. */ | |
2812 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
2813 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2814 } | |
540 | 2815 } |
2816 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2817 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
659 | 2818 |
2819 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
2820 cur = -1; | |
540 | 2821 } |
2822 } | |
2823 else | |
2824 { | |
2825 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
657 | 2826 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
786 | 2827 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
2828 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
2829 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
829 | 2830 { |
2831 cur = i; | |
657 | 2832 break; |
829 | 2833 } |
540 | 2834 } |
2835 | |
2836 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2837 { | |
2838 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
2839 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
2840 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2841 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
732 | 2842 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
540 | 2843 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
2844 } | |
2845 } | |
2846 | |
7 | 2847 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
2848 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
648 | 2849 |
7 | 2850 /* |
703 | 2851 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
2852 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
7 | 2853 */ |
2854 static void | |
703 | 2855 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
2856 char_u *dict_start; | |
7 | 2857 char_u *pat; |
667 | 2858 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
703 | 2859 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
2860 { | |
2861 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
7 | 2862 char_u *ptr; |
2863 char_u *buf; | |
2864 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
2865 char_u **files; | |
2866 int count; | |
2867 int save_p_scs; | |
659 | 2868 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2869 |
703 | 2870 if (*dict == NUL) |
2871 { | |
744 | 2872 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2873 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
2874 * "spell". */ | |
2875 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
2876 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
2877 else | |
2878 #endif | |
2879 return; | |
2880 } | |
2881 | |
7 | 2882 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
703 | 2883 if (buf == NULL) |
2884 return; | |
1074 | 2885 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
703 | 2886 |
7 | 2887 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
2888 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
2889 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
2890 p_scs = FALSE; | |
667 | 2891 |
2892 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
2893 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
842 | 2894 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
667 | 2895 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
2896 { | |
842 | 2897 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
1869 | 2898 size_t len; |
842 | 2899 |
2900 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
1159 | 2901 goto theend; |
1869 | 2902 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
2903 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
667 | 2904 if (ptr == NULL) |
842 | 2905 { |
2906 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
1074 | 2907 goto theend; |
842 | 2908 } |
1869 | 2909 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
842 | 2910 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
2911 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
667 | 2912 vim_free(ptr); |
2913 } | |
2914 else | |
703 | 2915 { |
667 | 2916 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
703 | 2917 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
2918 goto theend; | |
2919 } | |
667 | 2920 |
7 | 2921 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
2922 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
703 | 2923 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
7 | 2924 { |
2925 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
2926 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
2927 { | |
2928 count = 1; | |
2929 files = &dict; | |
2930 } | |
2931 else | |
2932 { | |
2933 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
2934 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
2935 * a modeline). */ | |
2936 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
744 | 2937 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2938 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
2939 count = -1; | |
744 | 2940 else |
2941 # endif | |
2942 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
7 | 2943 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
2944 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
2945 count = 0; | |
2946 } | |
2947 | |
744 | 2948 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2949 if (count == -1) |
2950 { | |
712 | 2951 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
2952 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
703 | 2953 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
2954 ptr = pat + 2; | |
2955 else | |
2956 ptr = pat; | |
2957 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); | |
2958 } | |
2959 else | |
744 | 2960 # endif |
938 | 2961 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
703 | 2962 { |
2963 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
2964 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
7 | 2965 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
703 | 2966 FreeWild(count, files); |
2967 } | |
2968 if (flags != 0) | |
7 | 2969 break; |
2970 } | |
703 | 2971 |
2972 theend: | |
7 | 2973 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
2974 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
2975 vim_free(buf); | |
2976 } | |
2977 | |
703 | 2978 static void |
2979 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
2980 int count; | |
2981 char_u **files; | |
2982 int thesaurus; | |
2983 int flags; | |
2984 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
2985 char_u *buf; | |
2986 int *dir; | |
2987 { | |
2988 char_u *ptr; | |
2989 int i; | |
2990 FILE *fp; | |
2991 int add_r; | |
2992 | |
2993 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
2994 { | |
2995 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
2996 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
2997 { | |
2998 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
2999 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
1869 | 3000 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
703 | 3001 } |
3002 | |
3003 if (fp != NULL) | |
3004 { | |
3005 /* | |
3006 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
3007 * Check each line for a match. | |
3008 */ | |
3009 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
3010 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
3011 { | |
3012 ptr = buf; | |
3013 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
3014 { | |
3015 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
3016 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3017 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
3018 else | |
3019 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
3020 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
3021 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
942 | 3022 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
703 | 3023 if (thesaurus) |
3024 { | |
3025 char_u *wstart; | |
3026 | |
3027 /* | |
3028 * Add the other matches on the line | |
3029 */ | |
1353 | 3030 ptr = buf; |
703 | 3031 while (!got_int) |
3032 { | |
3033 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
3034 * space and punctuation. */ | |
3035 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
3036 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
3037 break; | |
3038 wstart = ptr; | |
3039 | |
1353 | 3040 /* Find end of the word. */ |
703 | 3041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3042 if (has_mbyte) | |
3043 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
3044 * different classes, only separate words | |
3045 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
3046 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3047 { | |
3048 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
3049 | |
3050 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3051 break; | |
3052 ptr += l; | |
3053 } | |
3054 else | |
3055 #endif | |
3056 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
1353 | 3057 |
3058 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
3059 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
3060 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
3061 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
3062 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
703 | 3063 } |
3064 } | |
3065 if (add_r == OK) | |
3066 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3067 *dir = FORWARD; | |
3068 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
3069 break; | |
3070 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
3071 * of line */ | |
3072 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
3073 break; | |
3074 } | |
3075 line_breakcheck(); | |
3076 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
3077 } | |
3078 fclose(fp); | |
3079 } | |
3080 } | |
3081 } | |
3082 | |
7 | 3083 /* |
3084 * Find the start of the next word. | |
3085 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
3086 */ | |
3087 char_u * | |
3088 find_word_start(ptr) | |
3089 char_u *ptr; | |
3090 { | |
3091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3092 if (has_mbyte) | |
3093 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
474 | 3094 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3095 else |
3096 #endif | |
3097 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3098 ++ptr; | |
3099 return ptr; | |
3100 } | |
3101 | |
3102 /* | |
3103 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
3104 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
3105 */ | |
3106 char_u * | |
3107 find_word_end(ptr) | |
3108 char_u *ptr; | |
3109 { | |
3110 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3111 int start_class; | |
3112 | |
3113 if (has_mbyte) | |
3114 { | |
3115 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
3116 if (start_class > 1) | |
3117 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3118 { | |
474 | 3119 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3120 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
3121 break; | |
3122 } | |
3123 } | |
3124 else | |
3125 #endif | |
3126 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3127 ++ptr; | |
3128 return ptr; | |
3129 } | |
3130 | |
3131 /* | |
667 | 3132 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
3133 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
3134 */ | |
3135 static char_u * | |
3136 find_line_end(ptr) | |
3137 char_u *ptr; | |
3138 { | |
3139 char_u *s; | |
3140 | |
3141 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
3142 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
3143 --s; | |
3144 return s; | |
3145 } | |
3146 | |
3147 /* | |
7 | 3148 * Free the list of completions |
3149 */ | |
3150 static void | |
3151 ins_compl_free() | |
3152 { | |
464 | 3153 compl_T *match; |
786 | 3154 int i; |
7 | 3155 |
449 | 3156 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
3157 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3158 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3159 compl_leader = NULL; | |
449 | 3160 |
3161 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
7 | 3162 return; |
540 | 3163 |
3164 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3165 pum_clear(); | |
3166 | |
449 | 3167 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
7 | 3168 do |
3169 { | |
449 | 3170 match = compl_curr_match; |
464 | 3171 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
3172 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
7 | 3173 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
464 | 3174 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
3175 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
786 | 3176 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
3177 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
7 | 3178 vim_free(match); |
449 | 3179 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
3180 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
1927 | 3181 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
7 | 3182 } |
3183 | |
3184 static void | |
3185 ins_compl_clear() | |
3186 { | |
449 | 3187 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3188 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3189 compl_matches = 0; | |
3190 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
3191 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3192 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3193 compl_leader = NULL; | |
7 | 3194 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
724 | 3195 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
3196 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
825 | 3197 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3198 } |
3199 | |
3200 /* | |
674 | 3201 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
3202 */ | |
3203 int | |
3204 ins_compl_active() | |
3205 { | |
3206 return compl_started; | |
3207 } | |
3208 | |
3209 /* | |
659 | 3210 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
3211 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
836 | 3212 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
3213 * to be got from the user. | |
657 | 3214 */ |
3215 static int | |
3216 ins_compl_bs() | |
3217 { | |
3218 char_u *line; | |
3219 char_u *p; | |
3220 | |
836 | 3221 line = ml_get_curline(); |
3222 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3223 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
3224 | |
1430 | 3225 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
3226 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
3227 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
3228 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
3229 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
836 | 3230 return K_BS; |
3231 | |
874 | 3232 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
3233 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
3234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
3235 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
3236 ins_compl_restart(); | |
657 | 3237 |
3238 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
835 | 3239 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
657 | 3240 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
3241 { | |
874 | 3242 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3243 return NUL; | |
3244 } | |
3245 return K_BS; | |
3246 } | |
3247 | |
3248 /* | |
3249 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
3250 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
3251 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
3252 */ | |
3253 static void | |
3254 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
3255 { | |
3256 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3257 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 3258 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
874 | 3259 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
3260 | |
3261 if (compl_started) | |
3262 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
3263 else | |
3264 { | |
826 | 3265 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
874 | 3266 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
3267 #endif | |
3268 /* | |
3269 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
3270 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
3271 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
3272 */ | |
3273 update_screen(0); | |
3274 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3275 if (gui.in_use) | |
3276 { | |
3277 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
3278 setcursor(); | |
3279 out_flush(); | |
3280 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
3281 } | |
3282 #endif | |
3283 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
3284 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
3285 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3286 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
3287 } | |
3288 | |
887 | 3289 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */ |
874 | 3290 if (!compl_used_match) |
3291 { | |
829 | 3292 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */ |
3293 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
3294 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)) | |
3295 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev; | |
3296 else | |
3297 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match; | |
3298 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
3299 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
874 | 3300 } |
887 | 3301 #endif |
3302 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; | |
874 | 3303 |
3304 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
3305 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
947 | 3306 |
3307 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
3308 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
3309 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
657 | 3310 } |
3311 | |
3312 /* | |
1782 | 3313 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
3314 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
3315 */ | |
3316 static int | |
3317 ins_compl_len() | |
3318 { | |
1869 | 3319 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
1782 | 3320 |
3321 if (off < 0) | |
3322 return 0; | |
3323 return off; | |
3324 } | |
3325 | |
3326 /* | |
657 | 3327 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3328 * matches. | |
3329 */ | |
3330 static void | |
3331 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
3332 int c; | |
3333 { | |
3334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3335 int cc; | |
3336 | |
3337 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
3338 { | |
3339 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
3340 | |
3341 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
3342 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
3343 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
3344 } | |
3345 else | |
3346 #endif | |
3347 ins_char(c); | |
3348 | |
874 | 3349 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
3350 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
3351 ins_compl_restart(); | |
3352 | |
657 | 3353 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3354 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
1869 | 3355 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
657 | 3356 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
874 | 3357 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3358 } | |
3359 | |
3360 /* | |
3361 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
3362 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
3363 */ | |
3364 static void | |
3365 ins_compl_restart() | |
3366 { | |
3367 ins_compl_free(); | |
3368 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3369 compl_matches = 0; | |
3370 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3371 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
694 | 3372 } |
3373 | |
3374 /* | |
3375 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
3376 */ | |
3377 static void | |
3378 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
3379 char_u *str; | |
3380 { | |
3381 char_u *p; | |
3382 | |
3383 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
3384 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
3385 { | |
3386 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
3387 if (p != NULL) | |
3388 { | |
3389 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
3390 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
3391 } | |
657 | 3392 } |
3393 } | |
3394 | |
3395 /* | |
659 | 3396 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3397 * matches. | |
3398 */ | |
3399 static void | |
3400 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
3401 { | |
3402 char_u *p; | |
1869 | 3403 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
659 | 3404 int c; |
887 | 3405 compl_T *cp; |
659 | 3406 |
3407 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
677 | 3408 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
887 | 3409 { |
3410 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
3411 * the leader. */ | |
3412 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
3413 { | |
3414 p = NULL; | |
3415 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
3416 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
3417 { | |
987 | 3418 if (compl_leader == NULL |
3419 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
887 | 3420 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
3421 { | |
3422 p = cp->cp_str; | |
3423 break; | |
3424 } | |
3425 } | |
3426 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
3427 return; | |
3428 } | |
3429 else | |
3430 return; | |
3431 } | |
659 | 3432 p += len; |
3433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3434 c = mb_ptr2char(p); | |
3435 #else | |
3436 c = *p; | |
3437 #endif | |
3438 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
3439 } | |
3440 | |
3441 /* | |
7 | 3442 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
464 | 3443 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
540 | 3444 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
7 | 3445 */ |
540 | 3446 static int |
7 | 3447 ins_compl_prep(c) |
3448 int c; | |
3449 { | |
3450 char_u *ptr; | |
3451 int want_cindent; | |
540 | 3452 int retval = FALSE; |
7 | 3453 |
3454 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
3455 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
3456 */ | |
3457 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3458 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
3459 | |
1434 | 3460 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
3461 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP) | |
540 | 3462 return retval; |
7 | 3463 |
665 | 3464 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
3465 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
3466 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
3467 { | |
3468 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
3469 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
3470 } | |
3471 | |
7 | 3472 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
3473 { | |
3474 /* | |
3475 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
3476 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
3477 */ | |
3478 switch (c) | |
3479 { | |
3480 case Ctrl_E: | |
3481 case Ctrl_Y: | |
3482 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
3483 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
3484 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3485 else | |
3486 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3487 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
3488 showmode(); | |
3489 break; | |
3490 case Ctrl_L: | |
3491 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
3492 break; | |
3493 case Ctrl_F: | |
3494 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
3495 break; | |
3496 case Ctrl_K: | |
3497 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3498 break; | |
3499 case Ctrl_R: | |
3500 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
3501 break; | |
3502 case Ctrl_T: | |
3503 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3504 break; | |
12 | 3505 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
3506 case Ctrl_U: | |
3507 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
3508 break; | |
449 | 3509 case Ctrl_O: |
523 | 3510 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
449 | 3511 break; |
502 | 3512 #endif |
477 | 3513 case 's': |
3514 case Ctrl_S: | |
3515 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
744 | 3516 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
819 | 3517 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
484 | 3518 spell_back_to_badword(); |
819 | 3519 --emsg_off; |
484 | 3520 #endif |
477 | 3521 break; |
7 | 3522 case Ctrl_RSB: |
3523 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
3524 break; | |
3525 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3526 case Ctrl_I: | |
3527 case K_S_TAB: | |
3528 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3529 break; | |
3530 case Ctrl_D: | |
3531 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
3532 break; | |
3533 #endif | |
3534 case Ctrl_V: | |
3535 case Ctrl_Q: | |
3536 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
3537 break; | |
3538 case Ctrl_P: | |
3539 case Ctrl_N: | |
3540 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
3541 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
3542 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
3543 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
3544 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
3545 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
3546 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 3547 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
3548 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
3549 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
3550 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 3551 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
3552 default: | |
449 | 3553 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
3554 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
3555 * mode). | |
3556 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
3557 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
3558 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
3559 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
3560 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
3561 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
3562 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
7 | 3563 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
3564 { | |
449 | 3565 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
3566 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
7 | 3567 else |
449 | 3568 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
7 | 3569 } |
3570 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3571 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3572 showmode(); | |
3573 break; | |
3574 } | |
3575 } | |
3576 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
3577 { | |
3578 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
3579 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3580 { | |
3581 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
3582 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3583 else | |
3584 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
3585 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3586 } | |
3587 showmode(); | |
3588 } | |
3589 | |
449 | 3590 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
7 | 3591 { |
3592 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
3593 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
449 | 3594 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
7 | 3595 showmode(); |
644 | 3596 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
3597 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
7 | 3598 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
3599 { | |
3600 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
3601 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
449 | 3602 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
836 | 3603 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 3604 { |
449 | 3605 char_u *p; |
938 | 3606 int temp = 0; |
449 | 3607 |
7 | 3608 /* |
836 | 3609 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
3610 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
3611 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
3612 * of the original text that has changed. | |
3613 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
3614 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
7 | 3615 */ |
836 | 3616 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
3617 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
3618 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
3619 ptr = compl_leader; | |
3620 else | |
3621 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
897 | 3622 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
3623 { | |
3624 p = compl_orig_text; | |
3625 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
3626 ++temp) | |
3627 ; | |
836 | 3628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
897 | 3629 if (temp > 0) |
3630 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
3631 #endif | |
3632 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
3633 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
3634 } | |
3635 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3636 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
7 | 3637 } |
3638 | |
3639 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3640 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
3641 #endif | |
3642 /* | |
3643 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
3644 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
3645 */ | |
449 | 3646 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
7 | 3647 { |
3648 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3649 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
3650 if (want_cindent) | |
3651 { | |
3652 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3653 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
3654 } | |
3655 #endif | |
3656 } | |
3657 else | |
3658 { | |
1073 | 3659 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3660 | |
7 | 3661 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
1073 | 3662 if (prev_col > 0) |
3663 dec_cursor(); | |
7 | 3664 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
3665 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
1073 | 3666 if (prev_col > 0 |
3667 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
3668 inc_cursor(); | |
7 | 3669 } |
3670 | |
816 | 3671 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
825 | 3672 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
3673 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
3674 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
3675 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
3676 && pum_visible()) | |
540 | 3677 retval = TRUE; |
3678 | |
816 | 3679 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
3680 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
3681 { | |
3682 ins_compl_delete(); | |
3683 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
1782 | 3684 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3685 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
1782 | 3686 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3687 retval = TRUE; |
3688 } | |
3689 | |
1698 | 3690 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
3691 | |
7 | 3692 ins_compl_free(); |
449 | 3693 compl_started = FALSE; |
3694 compl_matches = 0; | |
7 | 3695 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
3696 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
825 | 3697 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3698 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
3699 { | |
3700 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3701 showmode(); | |
3702 } | |
3703 | |
3704 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3705 /* | |
3706 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
3707 */ | |
3708 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
3709 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3710 #endif | |
3711 } | |
3712 } | |
3713 | |
3714 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
3715 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
3716 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3717 { | |
449 | 3718 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3719 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
7 | 3720 } |
540 | 3721 |
3722 return retval; | |
7 | 3723 } |
3724 | |
3725 /* | |
3726 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
3727 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
3728 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
3729 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
3730 * | |
3731 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
3732 */ | |
3733 static buf_T * | |
3734 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
3735 buf_T *buf; | |
3736 int flag; | |
3737 { | |
3738 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3739 static win_T *wp; | |
3740 #endif | |
3741 | |
3742 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
3743 { | |
3744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3745 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
3746 wp = curwin; | |
383 | 3747 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
7 | 3748 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
3749 ; | |
3750 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
3751 #else | |
3752 buf = curbuf; | |
3753 #endif | |
3754 } | |
3755 else | |
3756 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
3757 * (unlisted buffers) | |
3758 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
383 | 3759 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
7 | 3760 && ((flag == 'U' |
3761 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
3762 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
3763 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
667 | 3764 || buf->b_scanned)) |
7 | 3765 ; |
3766 return buf; | |
3767 } | |
3768 | |
12 | 3769 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
659 | 3770 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
12 | 3771 |
3772 /* | |
523 | 3773 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
502 | 3774 * get matches in "matches". |
12 | 3775 */ |
659 | 3776 static void |
3777 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
523 | 3778 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
12 | 3779 char_u *base; |
3780 { | |
452 | 3781 list_T *matchlist; |
502 | 3782 char_u *args[2]; |
3783 char_u *funcname; | |
3784 pos_T pos; | |
3785 | |
3786 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
3787 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
659 | 3788 return; |
452 | 3789 |
3790 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
3791 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
502 | 3792 args[1] = base; |
3793 | |
3794 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3795 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
3796 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
452 | 3797 if (matchlist == NULL) |
659 | 3798 return; |
3799 | |
724 | 3800 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); |
3801 list_unref(matchlist); | |
3802 } | |
3803 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
3804 | |
786 | 3805 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 3806 /* |
3807 * Add completions from a list. | |
3808 */ | |
3809 static void | |
3810 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
3811 list_T *list; | |
3812 { | |
3813 listitem_T *li; | |
3814 int dir = compl_direction; | |
3815 | |
659 | 3816 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
724 | 3817 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
452 | 3818 { |
786 | 3819 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
3820 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3821 dir = FORWARD; | |
648 | 3822 else if (did_emsg) |
3823 break; | |
452 | 3824 } |
724 | 3825 } |
786 | 3826 |
3827 /* | |
3828 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
3829 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
3830 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
3831 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
3832 */ | |
3833 int | |
3834 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
3835 typval_T *tv; | |
3836 int dir; | |
3837 { | |
3838 char_u *word; | |
867 | 3839 int icase = FALSE; |
944 | 3840 int adup = FALSE; |
786 | 3841 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
3842 | |
3843 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
3844 { | |
3845 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
3846 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3847 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
3848 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3849 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
3850 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3851 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
3852 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3853 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
3854 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
3855 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
841 | 3856 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
944 | 3857 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
786 | 3858 } |
3859 else | |
3860 { | |
3861 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
3862 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
3863 } | |
3864 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) | |
3865 return FAIL; | |
944 | 3866 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
786 | 3867 } |
724 | 3868 #endif |
12 | 3869 |
449 | 3870 /* |
3871 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
659 | 3872 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
3873 * compl_direction. | |
667 | 3874 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
3875 * where we stopped searching before. | |
449 | 3876 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
3877 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
7 | 3878 */ |
3879 static int | |
659 | 3880 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
7 | 3881 pos_T *ini; |
3882 { | |
3883 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
3884 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
3885 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
449 | 3886 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
3887 certain type. */ | |
3888 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
7 | 3889 |
464 | 3890 pos_T *pos; |
3891 char_u **matches; | |
3892 int save_p_scs; | |
3893 int save_p_ws; | |
3894 int save_p_ic; | |
3895 int i; | |
3896 int num_matches; | |
3897 int len; | |
3898 int found_new_match; | |
3899 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
3900 char_u *ptr; | |
3901 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
3902 int dict_f = 0; | |
3903 compl_T *old_match; | |
7 | 3904 |
449 | 3905 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 3906 { |
3907 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
3908 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
3909 found_all = FALSE; | |
3910 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
449 | 3911 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
12 | 3912 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
7 | 3913 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
3914 } | |
3915 | |
449 | 3916 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
659 | 3917 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
7 | 3918 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
3919 for (;;) | |
3920 { | |
3921 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
3922 | |
449 | 3923 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
7 | 3924 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
3925 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
3926 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 3927 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
7 | 3928 { |
3929 found_all = FALSE; | |
3930 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
3931 e_cpt++; | |
3932 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
3933 { | |
3934 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
3935 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
3936 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
3937 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
3938 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
3939 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
3940 type = 0; | |
3941 } | |
3942 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
3943 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
3944 { | |
3945 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
3946 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
3947 { | |
449 | 3948 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 3949 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
3950 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
3951 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
3952 type = 0; | |
3953 } | |
3954 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
3955 { | |
3956 found_all = TRUE; | |
3957 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
3958 continue; | |
3959 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3960 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
3961 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
3962 } | |
274 | 3963 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
7 | 3964 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
3965 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
3966 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
3967 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
3968 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
1869 | 3969 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 3970 } |
3971 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
3972 break; | |
3973 else | |
3974 { | |
3975 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3976 type = -1; | |
3977 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
3978 { | |
3979 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
3980 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3981 else | |
3982 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3983 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
3984 { | |
3985 dict = e_cpt; | |
3986 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
3987 } | |
3988 } | |
3989 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3990 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
3991 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3992 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
3993 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
3994 #endif | |
3995 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
3996 { | |
3997 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
1872 | 3998 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
1869 | 3999 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4000 } |
4001 else | |
4002 type = -1; | |
4003 | |
4004 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
4005 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
4006 | |
4007 found_all = TRUE; | |
4008 if (type == -1) | |
4009 continue; | |
4010 } | |
4011 } | |
4012 | |
4013 switch (type) | |
4014 { | |
4015 case -1: | |
4016 break; | |
4017 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4018 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
4019 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
659 | 4020 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
449 | 4021 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
7 | 4022 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
449 | 4023 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4024 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
4025 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
4026 break; | |
4027 #endif | |
4028 | |
4029 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
4030 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
4031 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
703 | 4032 dict != NULL ? dict |
7 | 4033 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
4034 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
4035 ? p_tsr | |
4036 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
4037 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
4038 ? p_dict | |
4039 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
659 | 4040 compl_pattern, |
703 | 4041 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
4042 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
7 | 4043 dict = NULL; |
4044 break; | |
4045 | |
4046 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
4047 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
4048 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
449 | 4049 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
7 | 4050 |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4051 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
449 | 4052 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
4053 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
7 | 4054 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
4055 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
4056 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
4057 { | |
942 | 4058 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
7 | 4059 } |
4060 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
4061 break; | |
4062 | |
4063 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
449 | 4064 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
7 | 4065 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
4066 { | |
4067 | |
4068 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
449 | 4069 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
681 | 4070 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
4071 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
4072 TRUE | |
4073 #else | |
4074 FALSE | |
4075 #endif | |
4076 ); | |
7 | 4077 } |
4078 break; | |
4079 | |
4080 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
449 | 4081 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4082 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
7 | 4083 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
681 | 4084 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
7 | 4085 break; |
4086 | |
12 | 4087 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4088 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
523 | 4089 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
659 | 4090 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
12 | 4091 break; |
4092 #endif | |
4093 | |
477 | 4094 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
744 | 4095 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
477 | 4096 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
1872 | 4097 compl_pattern, &matches); |
477 | 4098 if (num_matches > 0) |
942 | 4099 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
477 | 4100 #endif |
4101 break; | |
4102 | |
7 | 4103 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
4104 /* | |
4105 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
4106 */ | |
4107 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
4108 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
4109 p_scs = FALSE; | |
449 | 4110 |
7 | 4111 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
4112 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
4113 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
4114 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
4115 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
4116 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
4117 p_ws = FALSE; | |
4118 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
4119 p_ws = TRUE; | |
4120 for (;;) | |
4121 { | |
464 | 4122 int flags = 0; |
7 | 4123 |
1007 | 4124 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
4125 | |
540 | 4126 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
4127 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
7 | 4128 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
449 | 4129 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4130 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
659 | 4131 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
7 | 4132 else |
659 | 4133 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
4134 compl_direction, | |
449 | 4135 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
1496 | 4136 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
1007 | 4137 --msg_silent; |
449 | 4138 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4139 { |
667 | 4140 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
449 | 4141 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4142 first_match_pos = *pos; |
4143 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
4144 } | |
4145 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
665 | 4146 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
7 | 4147 found_new_match = FAIL; |
4148 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
4149 { | |
4150 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
4151 found_all = TRUE; | |
4152 break; | |
4153 } | |
4154 | |
4155 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
449 | 4156 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
7 | 4157 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
4158 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
4159 continue; | |
4160 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
4161 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4162 { | |
449 | 4163 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4164 { |
4165 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4166 continue; | |
4167 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4168 if (!p_paste) | |
4169 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4170 } | |
4171 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
4172 } | |
4173 else | |
4174 { | |
449 | 4175 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
4176 | |
4177 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 4178 { |
449 | 4179 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
7 | 4180 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
4181 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
4182 continue; | |
4183 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4184 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4185 } | |
4186 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
4187 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4188 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4189 | |
449 | 4190 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
4191 && len == compl_length) | |
7 | 4192 { |
4193 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4194 { | |
4195 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
4196 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
4197 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
449 | 4198 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
7 | 4199 * works -- Acevedo */ |
4200 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
4201 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4202 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4203 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4204 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4205 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
4206 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4207 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
4208 { | |
419 | 4209 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
7 | 4210 { |
419 | 4211 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
7 | 4212 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4213 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
4214 if (p_js | |
419 | 4215 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
7 | 4216 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
4217 == NULL | |
419 | 4218 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
4219 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
7 | 4220 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4221 } | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4222 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
7 | 4223 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
4224 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
4225 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4226 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
464 | 4227 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 4228 } |
4229 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
4230 ptr = IObuff; | |
4231 } | |
449 | 4232 if (len == compl_length) |
7 | 4233 continue; |
4234 } | |
4235 } | |
942 | 4236 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
540 | 4237 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
659 | 4238 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
7 | 4239 { |
4240 found_new_match = OK; | |
4241 break; | |
4242 } | |
4243 } | |
4244 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
4245 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
4246 } | |
540 | 4247 |
449 | 4248 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
1796 | 4249 * expansion added something) */ |
540 | 4250 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
7 | 4251 found_new_match = OK; |
4252 | |
4253 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
4254 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
4255 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4256 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
540 | 4257 { |
4258 if (got_int) | |
4259 break; | |
665 | 4260 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
989 | 4261 if (type != -1) |
540 | 4262 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
665 | 4263 |
540 | 4264 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
4265 || compl_interrupted) | |
4266 break; | |
4267 compl_started = TRUE; | |
4268 } | |
4269 else | |
4270 { | |
4271 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
4272 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
4273 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
4274 | |
4275 compl_started = FALSE; | |
4276 } | |
449 | 4277 } |
4278 compl_started = TRUE; | |
7 | 4279 |
4280 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4281 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
4282 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4283 | |
4284 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
4285 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
4286 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
4287 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
4288 | |
4289 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
449 | 4290 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
4291 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
724 | 4292 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
4293 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
449 | 4294 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
4295 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
7 | 4296 return i; |
4297 } | |
4298 | |
4299 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
4300 static void | |
4301 ins_compl_delete() | |
4302 { | |
4303 int i; | |
4304 | |
4305 /* | |
4306 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
4307 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
4308 */ | |
449 | 4309 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
7 | 4310 backspace_until_column(i); |
4311 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
4312 } | |
4313 | |
4314 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
4315 static void | |
4316 ins_compl_insert() | |
4317 { | |
1782 | 4318 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
683 | 4319 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
4320 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
4321 else | |
4322 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
7 | 4323 } |
4324 | |
4325 /* | |
4326 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
464 | 4327 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
4328 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
4329 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
4330 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
4331 * through the ones found so far. | |
7 | 4332 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
4333 * | |
449 | 4334 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
4335 * compl_shown_match here. | |
7 | 4336 * |
4337 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
464 | 4338 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
4339 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
7 | 4340 */ |
4341 static int | |
665 | 4342 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
7 | 4343 int allow_get_expansion; |
610 | 4344 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
4345 be at least 1 */ | |
665 | 4346 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
7 | 4347 { |
4348 int num_matches = -1; | |
4349 int i; | |
610 | 4350 int todo = count; |
657 | 4351 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
4352 int found_end = FALSE; | |
836 | 4353 int advance; |
7 | 4354 |
665 | 4355 if (compl_leader != NULL |
4356 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
4357 { | |
4358 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
4359 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
681 | 4360 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4361 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
665 | 4362 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
4363 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
4364 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
887 | 4365 |
4366 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
4367 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
4368 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4369 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4370 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4371 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
4372 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
4373 { | |
4374 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4375 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4376 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
4377 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
4378 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4379 } | |
665 | 4380 } |
4381 | |
4382 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
874 | 4383 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
7 | 4384 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
4385 ins_compl_delete(); | |
665 | 4386 |
836 | 4387 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
4388 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
4389 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
4390 | |
874 | 4391 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
4392 if (compl_restarting) | |
4393 { | |
4394 advance = FALSE; | |
4395 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
4396 } | |
4397 | |
610 | 4398 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
4399 * around. */ | |
4400 while (--todo >= 0) | |
4401 { | |
4402 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4403 { | |
4404 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
657 | 4405 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
4406 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
4407 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
610 | 4408 } |
4409 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4410 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4411 { | |
657 | 4412 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
610 | 4413 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
657 | 4414 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
7 | 4415 } |
4416 else | |
610 | 4417 { |
909 | 4418 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
4419 { | |
4420 if (advance) | |
4421 { | |
4422 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4423 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
4424 else | |
4425 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
4426 } | |
4427 return -1; | |
4428 } | |
4429 | |
836 | 4430 if (advance) |
4431 { | |
4432 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4433 --compl_pending; | |
4434 else | |
4435 ++compl_pending; | |
4436 } | |
657 | 4437 |
874 | 4438 /* Find matches. */ |
659 | 4439 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
909 | 4440 |
4441 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
4442 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
836 | 4443 && advance) |
909 | 4444 { |
4445 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4446 { | |
4447 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
4448 --compl_pending; | |
4449 } | |
4450 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4451 { | |
4452 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4453 ++compl_pending; | |
4454 } | |
4455 else | |
4456 break; | |
4457 } | |
657 | 4458 found_end = FALSE; |
4459 } | |
4460 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
4461 && compl_leader != NULL | |
681 | 4462 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4463 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
657 | 4464 ++todo; |
4465 else | |
4466 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
4467 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
4468 | |
4469 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
4470 if (found_end) | |
4471 { | |
4472 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
610 | 4473 { |
657 | 4474 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
4475 break; | |
610 | 4476 } |
657 | 4477 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
610 | 4478 } |
7 | 4479 } |
4480 | |
665 | 4481 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
4482 if (insert_match) | |
4483 { | |
4484 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
4485 ins_compl_insert(); | |
4486 else | |
1782 | 4487 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 4488 } |
4489 else | |
4490 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
7 | 4491 |
4492 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
4493 { | |
540 | 4494 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
4495 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
4496 | |
665 | 4497 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
4498 update_screen(0); | |
4499 | |
540 | 4500 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
4501 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
864 | 4502 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4503 if (gui.in_use) | |
4504 { | |
4505 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
4506 setcursor(); | |
4507 out_flush(); | |
4508 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
4509 } | |
4510 #endif | |
540 | 4511 |
7 | 4512 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
4513 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
4514 ins_compl_delete(); | |
4515 } | |
4516 | |
825 | 4517 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
1219 | 4518 * menu is visible. */ |
825 | 4519 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
4520 | |
7 | 4521 /* |
4522 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
4523 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
4524 */ | |
464 | 4525 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
7 | 4526 { |
4527 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
464 | 4528 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
7 | 4529 if (i <= 0) |
4530 i = 0; | |
4531 else | |
4532 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
464 | 4533 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
7 | 4534 msg(IObuff); |
4535 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
4536 } | |
4537 | |
4538 return num_matches; | |
4539 } | |
4540 | |
4541 /* | |
4542 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
4543 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
716 | 4544 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
7 | 4545 * possible. -- webb |
464 | 4546 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
7 | 4547 */ |
4548 void | |
464 | 4549 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
4550 int frequency; | |
7 | 4551 { |
4552 static int count = 0; | |
4553 | |
4554 int c; | |
4555 | |
4556 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
4557 * scripts */ | |
4558 if (using_script()) | |
4559 return; | |
4560 | |
4561 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
464 | 4562 if (++count < frequency) |
7 | 4563 return; |
4564 count = 0; | |
4565 | |
909 | 4566 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
4567 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
7 | 4568 c = vpeekc_any(); |
4569 if (c != NUL) | |
4570 { | |
4571 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
4572 { | |
4573 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
610 | 4574 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
665 | 4575 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
4576 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
7 | 4577 } |
909 | 4578 else |
4579 { | |
4580 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
1526 | 4581 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
909 | 4582 c = safe_vgetc(); |
1526 | 4583 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
4584 { | |
4585 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
4586 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
4587 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
4588 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
4589 | |
4590 vungetc(c); | |
4591 } | |
909 | 4592 } |
449 | 4593 } |
716 | 4594 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
909 | 4595 { |
4596 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
4597 | |
4598 compl_pending = 0; | |
4599 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
4600 } | |
610 | 4601 } |
4602 | |
4603 /* | |
4604 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
4605 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
4606 */ | |
4607 static int | |
4608 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
4609 int c; | |
4610 { | |
665 | 4611 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
4612 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
4613 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
610 | 4614 return BACKWARD; |
4615 return FORWARD; | |
4616 } | |
4617 | |
4618 /* | |
644 | 4619 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
4620 * is visible. | |
4621 */ | |
4622 static int | |
4623 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
4624 int c; | |
4625 { | |
4626 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
665 | 4627 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
4628 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
644 | 4629 } |
4630 | |
4631 /* | |
610 | 4632 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
4633 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
4634 */ | |
4635 static int | |
4636 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
4637 int c; | |
4638 { | |
4639 int h; | |
4640 | |
665 | 4641 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
610 | 4642 { |
4643 h = pum_get_height(); | |
4644 if (h > 3) | |
4645 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
4646 return h; | |
4647 } | |
4648 return 1; | |
7 | 4649 } |
4650 | |
4651 /* | |
681 | 4652 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
4653 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
4654 */ | |
4655 static int | |
4656 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
4657 int c; | |
4658 { | |
4659 switch (c) | |
4660 { | |
4661 case K_UP: | |
4662 case K_DOWN: | |
4663 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
4664 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
4665 case K_S_DOWN: | |
4666 case K_PAGEUP: | |
4667 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
4668 case K_S_UP: | |
4669 return FALSE; | |
4670 } | |
4671 return TRUE; | |
4672 } | |
4673 | |
4674 /* | |
7 | 4675 * Do Insert mode completion. |
4676 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
4677 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
4678 */ | |
4679 static int | |
4680 ins_complete(c) | |
449 | 4681 int c; |
7 | 4682 { |
449 | 4683 char_u *line; |
4684 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
4685 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
4686 int n; | |
7 | 4687 |
610 | 4688 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
449 | 4689 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4690 { |
4691 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
4692 | |
4693 did_ai = FALSE; | |
4694 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
4695 did_si = FALSE; | |
4696 can_si = FALSE; | |
4697 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
4698 #endif | |
4699 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
4700 return FAIL; | |
4701 | |
4702 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
449 | 4703 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
716 | 4704 compl_pending = 0; |
7 | 4705 |
1430 | 4706 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
449 | 4707 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
4708 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
1430 | 4709 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
4710 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
4711 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
4712 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
665 | 4713 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
4714 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
7 | 4715 { |
4716 /* | |
4717 * it is a continued search | |
4718 */ | |
449 | 4719 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
7 | 4720 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
4721 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
4722 { | |
449 | 4723 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
7 | 4724 { |
449 | 4725 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
4726 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
4727 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
4728 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
4729 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
4730 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
4731 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4732 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
7 | 4733 } |
4734 else | |
4735 { | |
4736 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
4737 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
449 | 4738 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
4739 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
7 | 4740 { |
449 | 4741 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
4742 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
4743 line + compl_length | |
4744 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
7 | 4745 } |
449 | 4746 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
7 | 4747 } |
449 | 4748 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
502 | 4749 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
1796 | 4750 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
7 | 4751 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
449 | 4752 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
7 | 4753 { |
449 | 4754 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
4755 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
4756 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
7 | 4757 } |
449 | 4758 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
4759 if (compl_length < 1) | |
4760 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 4761 } |
4762 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4763 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
7 | 4764 else |
449 | 4765 compl_cont_status = 0; |
7 | 4766 } |
4767 else | |
449 | 4768 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
4769 | |
4770 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
4771 { | |
4772 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
7 | 4773 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
449 | 4774 compl_cont_status = 0; |
4775 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
4776 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4777 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
4778 compl_col = 0; | |
7 | 4779 } |
4780 | |
4781 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
4782 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
4783 { | |
449 | 4784 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
7 | 4785 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
4786 { | |
449 | 4787 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
7 | 4788 { |
449 | 4789 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4790 ; |
449 | 4791 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4792 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
7 | 4793 } |
4794 if (p_ic) | |
449 | 4795 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
4796 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
7 | 4797 else |
449 | 4798 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
4799 compl_length); | |
4800 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4801 return FAIL; |
4802 } | |
449 | 4803 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4804 { |
4805 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
4806 | |
1872 | 4807 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
449 | 4808 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4809 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4810 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4811 return FAIL; |
449 | 4812 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
4813 || (compl_col > 0 | |
7 | 4814 && ( |
4815 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
449 | 4816 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
7 | 4817 #else |
449 | 4818 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
7 | 4819 #endif |
4820 ))) | |
4821 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
449 | 4822 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
4823 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
4824 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
7 | 4825 } |
449 | 4826 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
7 | 4827 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
449 | 4828 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
7 | 4829 #else |
449 | 4830 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
7 | 4831 #endif |
4832 ) | |
4833 { | |
4834 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
449 | 4835 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
4836 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4837 return FAIL; |
449 | 4838 compl_col += curs_col; |
4839 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 4840 } |
4841 else | |
4842 { | |
4843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4844 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
4845 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
4846 if (has_mbyte) | |
4847 { | |
4848 int base_class; | |
4849 int head_off; | |
4850 | |
449 | 4851 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4852 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
4853 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
7 | 4854 { |
449 | 4855 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4856 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
4857 - head_off)) | |
7 | 4858 break; |
449 | 4859 startcol -= head_off; |
7 | 4860 } |
4861 } | |
4862 else | |
4863 #endif | |
449 | 4864 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4865 ; |
449 | 4866 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4867 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
4868 if (compl_length == 1) | |
7 | 4869 { |
4870 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
4871 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
4872 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
4873 */ | |
449 | 4874 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
4875 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4876 return FAIL; |
449 | 4877 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
4878 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
4879 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
7 | 4880 } |
4881 else | |
4882 { | |
449 | 4883 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4884 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4885 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4886 return FAIL; |
449 | 4887 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
4888 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
4889 compl_length); | |
7 | 4890 } |
4891 } | |
4892 } | |
4893 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4894 { | |
835 | 4895 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
449 | 4896 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
4897 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
4898 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 4899 if (p_ic) |
449 | 4900 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
4901 NULL, 0); | |
7 | 4902 else |
449 | 4903 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
4904 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4905 return FAIL; |
4906 } | |
4907 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
4908 { | |
449 | 4909 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4910 ; |
449 | 4911 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4912 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
4913 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
4914 EXPAND_FILES); | |
4915 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4916 return FAIL; |
4917 } | |
4918 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
4919 { | |
449 | 4920 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
4921 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4922 return FAIL; |
449 | 4923 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4924 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
4925 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
4926 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
935 | 4927 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
4928 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
897 | 4929 compl_col = curs_col; |
4930 else | |
935 | 4931 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
4932 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
7 | 4933 } |
523 | 4934 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
502 | 4935 { |
12 | 4936 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4937 /* | |
502 | 4938 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
4939 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
12 | 4940 */ |
502 | 4941 char_u *args[2]; |
452 | 4942 int col; |
502 | 4943 char_u *funcname; |
4944 pos_T pos; | |
4945 | |
523 | 4946 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
502 | 4947 * string */ |
4948 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
4949 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
4950 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
523 | 4951 { |
4952 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
4953 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
12 | 4954 return FAIL; |
523 | 4955 } |
452 | 4956 |
4957 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
502 | 4958 args[1] = NULL; |
4959 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4960 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
4961 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
4962 | |
452 | 4963 if (col < 0) |
523 | 4964 col = curs_col; |
452 | 4965 compl_col = col; |
1872 | 4966 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
452 | 4967 compl_col = curs_col; |
449 | 4968 |
4969 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
4970 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
4971 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
452 | 4972 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
449 | 4973 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
4974 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
502 | 4975 #endif |
449 | 4976 return FAIL; |
4977 } | |
477 | 4978 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
4979 { | |
744 | 4980 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
497 | 4981 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
4982 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
4983 else | |
4984 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
4985 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
897 | 4986 { |
4987 compl_length = 0; | |
4988 compl_col = curs_col; | |
4989 } | |
4990 else | |
4991 { | |
4992 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
4993 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
4994 } | |
818 | 4995 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
4996 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
477 | 4997 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
4998 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
4999 #endif | |
5000 return FAIL; | |
5001 } | |
449 | 5002 else |
5003 { | |
5004 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
5005 return FAIL; | |
5006 } | |
5007 | |
5008 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5009 { |
5010 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
5011 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5012 { | |
5013 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
5014 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5015 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
5016 | |
5017 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
5018 #endif | |
449 | 5019 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
5020 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
7 | 5021 ins_eol('\r'); |
5022 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5023 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
5024 #endif | |
449 | 5025 compl_length = 0; |
5026 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7 | 5027 } |
5028 } | |
5029 else | |
5030 { | |
5031 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
449 | 5032 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
5033 } | |
5034 | |
5035 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
5036 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
7 | 5037 else |
5038 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
5039 | |
694 | 5040 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
5041 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
449 | 5042 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5043 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 5044 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
449 | 5045 { |
5046 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
5047 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
5048 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
5049 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
7 | 5050 return FAIL; |
5051 } | |
5052 | |
5053 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
5054 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
5055 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
5056 */ | |
5057 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
5058 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5059 showmode(); | |
5060 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
5061 out_flush(); | |
5062 } | |
5063 | |
449 | 5064 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
5065 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
7 | 5066 |
5067 /* | |
665 | 5068 * Find next match (and following matches). |
7 | 5069 */ |
681 | 5070 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
449 | 5071 |
540 | 5072 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
5073 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
5074 | |
449 | 5075 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
5076 compl_matches = n; | |
5077 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
5078 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
857 | 5079 |
5080 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
5081 * mode. */ | |
7 | 5082 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
5083 { | |
5084 (void)vgetc(); | |
5085 got_int = FALSE; | |
5086 } | |
5087 | |
449 | 5088 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
464 | 5089 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
449 | 5090 { |
5091 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
5092 && compl_length > 1 | |
7 | 5093 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
5094 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
5095 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
5096 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
5097 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
5098 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 5099 if ( compl_length > 1 |
5100 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5101 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
5102 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
5103 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
449 | 5104 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
5105 } | |
5106 | |
464 | 5107 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
449 | 5108 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5109 else |
449 | 5110 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5111 |
5112 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
5113 { | |
464 | 5114 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
7 | 5115 { |
5116 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
5117 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
5118 } | |
449 | 5119 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
7 | 5120 { |
5121 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
5122 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5123 } | |
464 | 5124 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
7 | 5125 { |
5126 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
5127 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5128 } | |
5129 else | |
5130 { | |
5131 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
464 | 5132 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
7 | 5133 { |
464 | 5134 int number = 0; |
5135 compl_T *match; | |
7 | 5136 |
449 | 5137 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
7 | 5138 { |
5139 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
5140 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
5141 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5142 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
5143 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5144 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5145 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5146 { |
464 | 5147 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5148 break; |
5149 } | |
5150 if (match != NULL) | |
5151 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
5152 * yet */ | |
540 | 5153 for (match = match->cp_next; |
5154 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
464 | 5155 match = match->cp_next) |
5156 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5157 } |
5158 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
5159 { | |
5160 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
5161 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
5162 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5163 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
5164 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5165 match = match->cp_next) | |
5166 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5167 { |
464 | 5168 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5169 break; |
5170 } | |
5171 if (match != NULL) | |
5172 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
5173 * assigned yet */ | |
464 | 5174 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
5175 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
5176 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5177 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5178 } |
5179 } | |
5180 | |
540 | 5181 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
5182 * just a safety check. */ | |
464 | 5183 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
7 | 5184 { |
1063 | 5185 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
5186 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
5187 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
7 | 5188 |
449 | 5189 if (compl_matches > 0) |
1063 | 5190 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5191 _("match %d of %d"), | |
464 | 5192 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
7 | 5193 else |
1063 | 5194 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5195 _("match %d"), | |
5196 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
7 | 5197 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
5198 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
5199 if (dollar_vcol) | |
5200 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
5201 } | |
5202 } | |
5203 } | |
5204 | |
5205 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
5206 showmode(); | |
5207 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
5208 { | |
5209 if (!p_smd) | |
5210 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
5211 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
5212 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
5213 } | |
5214 else | |
5215 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
5216 | |
857 | 5217 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
5218 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
5219 { | |
5220 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
5221 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
5222 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
5223 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
5224 setcursor(); | |
5225 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
5226 } | |
874 | 5227 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
857 | 5228 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
540 | 5229 |
7 | 5230 return OK; |
5231 } | |
5232 | |
5233 /* | |
5234 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
5235 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
5236 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
5237 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
5238 */ | |
1872 | 5239 static unsigned |
7 | 5240 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
5241 char_u *dest; | |
5242 char_u *src; | |
5243 int len; | |
5244 { | |
1872 | 5245 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
5246 | |
5247 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
7 | 5248 { |
5249 switch (*src) | |
5250 { | |
5251 case '.': | |
5252 case '*': | |
5253 case '[': | |
5254 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5255 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5256 break; | |
5257 case '~': | |
5258 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
5259 break; | |
5260 case '\\': | |
5261 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5262 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5263 break; | |
5264 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
5265 case '$': | |
5266 m++; | |
5267 if (dest != NULL) | |
5268 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
5269 break; | |
5270 } | |
5271 if (dest != NULL) | |
5272 *dest++ = *src; | |
464 | 5273 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 5274 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
5275 if (has_mbyte) | |
5276 { | |
5277 int i, mb_len; | |
5278 | |
474 | 5279 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
7 | 5280 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
5281 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
5282 { | |
5283 --len; | |
5284 ++src; | |
5285 if (dest != NULL) | |
5286 *dest++ = *src; | |
5287 } | |
5288 } | |
464 | 5289 # endif |
7 | 5290 } |
5291 if (dest != NULL) | |
5292 *dest = NUL; | |
5293 | |
5294 return m; | |
5295 } | |
5296 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
5297 | |
5298 /* | |
5299 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
5300 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
5301 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
5302 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
5303 */ | |
5304 int | |
5305 get_literal() | |
5306 { | |
5307 int cc; | |
5308 int nc; | |
5309 int i; | |
5310 int hex = FALSE; | |
5311 int octal = FALSE; | |
5312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5313 int unicode = 0; | |
5314 #endif | |
5315 | |
5316 if (got_int) | |
5317 return Ctrl_C; | |
5318 | |
5319 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5320 /* | |
5321 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
5322 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
5323 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
5324 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
5325 */ | |
5326 if (gui.in_use) | |
5327 ++allow_keys; | |
5328 #endif | |
5329 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5330 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
5331 #endif | |
5332 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
5333 cc = 0; | |
5334 i = 0; | |
5335 for (;;) | |
5336 { | |
1389 | 5337 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 5338 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
5339 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
5340 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5341 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
5342 # endif | |
5343 ) | |
5344 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
5345 #endif | |
5346 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
5347 hex = TRUE; | |
5348 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
5349 octal = TRUE; | |
5350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5351 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
5352 unicode = nc; | |
5353 #endif | |
5354 else | |
5355 { | |
5356 if (hex | |
5357 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5358 || unicode != 0 | |
5359 #endif | |
5360 ) | |
5361 { | |
5362 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
5363 break; | |
5364 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
5365 } | |
5366 else if (octal) | |
5367 { | |
5368 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
5369 break; | |
5370 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
5371 } | |
5372 else | |
5373 { | |
5374 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
5375 break; | |
5376 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
5377 } | |
5378 | |
5379 ++i; | |
5380 } | |
5381 | |
5382 if (cc > 255 | |
5383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5384 && unicode == 0 | |
5385 #endif | |
5386 ) | |
5387 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
5388 nc = 0; | |
5389 | |
5390 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
5391 { | |
5392 if (i >= 2) | |
5393 break; | |
5394 } | |
5395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5396 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
5397 { | |
5398 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
5399 break; | |
5400 } | |
5401 #endif | |
5402 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
5403 break; | |
5404 } | |
5405 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
5406 { | |
5407 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5408 { | |
5409 cc = '\n'; | |
5410 nc = 0; | |
5411 } | |
5412 else | |
5413 { | |
5414 cc = nc; | |
5415 nc = 0; | |
5416 } | |
5417 } | |
5418 | |
5419 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5420 cc = '\n'; | |
221 | 5421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5422 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
5423 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
5424 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
5425 #endif | |
7 | 5426 |
5427 --no_mapping; | |
5428 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5429 if (gui.in_use) | |
5430 --allow_keys; | |
5431 #endif | |
5432 if (nc) | |
5433 vungetc(nc); | |
5434 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
5435 return cc; | |
5436 } | |
5437 | |
5438 /* | |
5439 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
5440 */ | |
5441 static void | |
5442 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
5443 int c; | |
5444 int allow_modmask; | |
5445 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
5446 { | |
5447 char_u *p; | |
5448 int len; | |
5449 | |
5450 /* | |
5451 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
5452 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
5453 * mode. | |
5454 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
5455 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
5456 */ | |
5457 #ifdef MACOS | |
5458 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
5459 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
5460 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
5461 #endif | |
5462 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
5463 { | |
5464 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
5465 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
5466 c = p[len - 1]; | |
5467 if (len > 2) | |
5468 { | |
5469 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
5470 return; | |
5471 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
5472 ins_str(p); | |
620 | 5473 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
7 | 5474 ctrlv = FALSE; |
5475 } | |
5476 } | |
5477 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
5478 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
5479 } | |
5480 | |
5481 /* | |
5482 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
5483 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
5484 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
5485 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
5486 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
5487 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
5488 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
5489 */ | |
5490 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5491 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5492 #else | |
5493 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5494 #endif | |
5495 | |
5496 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5497 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
5498 #else | |
5499 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
5500 #endif | |
5501 | |
5502 void | |
5503 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
5504 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
5505 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
5506 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
5507 { | |
5508 int textwidth; | |
5509 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5510 char_u *p; | |
667 | 5511 #endif |
7 | 5512 int fo_ins_blank; |
5513 | |
5514 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
5515 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5516 | |
5517 /* | |
5518 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
5519 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
5520 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
5521 * ends in white space. | |
5522 * - Otherwise: | |
5523 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
5524 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
5525 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
5526 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
5527 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
5528 * before the insert. | |
5529 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
5530 * before 'textwidth' | |
5531 */ | |
667 | 5532 if (textwidth > 0 |
7 | 5533 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
5534 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
5535 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5536 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5537 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5538 #endif | |
5539 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
5540 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5541 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
5542 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5543 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
5544 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
5545 )))))) | |
5546 { | |
667 | 5547 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
5548 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
5549 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1000 | 5550 int do_internal = TRUE; |
5551 | |
1563 | 5552 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
1000 | 5553 { |
5554 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
5555 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
5556 * was called. */ | |
5557 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
5558 } | |
5559 if (do_internal) | |
667 | 5560 #endif |
2004 | 5561 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
667 | 5562 } |
5563 | |
7 | 5564 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
5565 return; | |
5566 | |
5567 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5568 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
5569 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
5570 { | |
5571 char_u *line; | |
5572 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
5573 int middle_len, end_len; | |
5574 int i; | |
5575 | |
5576 /* | |
5577 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
5578 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
5579 */ | |
5580 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
5581 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
5582 { | |
5583 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
5584 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
5585 ++p; | |
5586 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5587 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
5588 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
5589 --middle_len; | |
5590 | |
5591 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
5592 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
5593 ++p; | |
5594 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5595 | |
5596 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
5597 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5598 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
5599 ; | |
5600 i++; | |
5601 | |
5602 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
5603 i -= middle_len; | |
5604 | |
5605 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
5606 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
5607 { | |
5608 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
5609 backspace_until_column(i); | |
5610 | |
5611 /* | |
5612 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
5613 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
5614 */ | |
5615 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
5616 } | |
5617 } | |
5618 } | |
5619 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
5620 #endif | |
5621 | |
5622 did_ai = FALSE; | |
5623 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
5624 did_si = FALSE; | |
5625 can_si = FALSE; | |
5626 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
5627 #endif | |
5628 | |
5629 /* | |
5630 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
5631 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
5632 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
5633 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
5634 * 'paste' is set).. | |
5635 */ | |
5636 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5637 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
5638 #endif | |
5639 | |
5640 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5642 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
5643 #endif | |
5644 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
5645 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5646 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
5647 && !cindent_on() | |
5648 #endif | |
5649 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5650 && !p_ri | |
5651 #endif | |
5652 ) | |
5653 { | |
5654 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
5655 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
5656 int i; | |
5657 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
5658 | |
5659 buf[0] = c; | |
5660 i = 1; | |
667 | 5661 if (textwidth > 0) |
7 | 5662 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
5663 /* | |
5664 * Stop the string when: | |
5665 * - no more chars available | |
5666 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
5667 * - buffer is full | |
5668 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
5669 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
5670 */ | |
5671 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
5672 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5674 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
5675 #endif | |
5676 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
5677 && (textwidth == 0 | |
5678 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5679 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
5680 { | |
5681 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5682 c = vgetc(); | |
5683 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5684 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
5685 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
5686 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5687 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
5688 # endif | |
5689 buf[i++] = c; | |
5690 #else | |
5691 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
5692 #endif | |
5693 } | |
5694 | |
5695 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
5696 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
5697 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
5698 #endif | |
5699 buf[i] = NUL; | |
5700 ins_str(buf); | |
5701 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5702 { | |
5703 redo_literal(*buf); | |
5704 i = 1; | |
5705 } | |
5706 else | |
5707 i = 0; | |
5708 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
620 | 5709 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
7 | 5710 } |
5711 else | |
5712 { | |
5713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
667 | 5714 int cc; |
5715 | |
7 | 5716 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
5717 { | |
5718 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
5719 | |
5720 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
5721 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
5722 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
5723 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5724 } | |
5725 else | |
5726 #endif | |
5727 { | |
5728 ins_char(c); | |
5729 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5730 redo_literal(c); | |
5731 else | |
5732 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5733 } | |
5734 } | |
5735 } | |
5736 | |
5737 /* | |
667 | 5738 * Format text at the current insert position. |
5739 */ | |
5740 static void | |
2004 | 5741 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
667 | 5742 int textwidth; |
5743 int second_indent; | |
5744 int flags; | |
5745 int format_only; | |
2004 | 5746 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
667 | 5747 { |
5748 int cc; | |
5749 int save_char = NUL; | |
5750 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
5751 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5753 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
5754 #endif | |
5755 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
5756 int first_line = TRUE; | |
5757 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5758 colnr_T leader_len; | |
5759 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
5760 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
5761 #endif | |
5762 | |
5763 /* | |
5764 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
5765 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
5766 */ | |
2004 | 5767 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
5768 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5769 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5770 #endif | |
5771 ) | |
667 | 5772 { |
5773 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5774 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
5775 { | |
5776 save_char = cc; | |
5777 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
5778 } | |
5779 } | |
5780 | |
5781 /* | |
5782 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
5783 */ | |
5784 while (!got_int) | |
5785 { | |
5786 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
5787 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
5788 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
5789 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
5790 colnr_T len; | |
5791 colnr_T virtcol; | |
5792 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5793 int orig_col = 0; | |
5794 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
5795 #endif | |
5796 colnr_T col; | |
2004 | 5797 colnr_T end_col; |
5798 | |
5799 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
5800 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
5801 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
667 | 5802 break; |
5803 | |
5804 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5805 if (no_leader) | |
5806 do_comments = FALSE; | |
5807 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5808 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
5809 do_comments = TRUE; | |
5810 | |
5811 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5812 if (do_comments) | |
5813 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
5814 else | |
5815 leader_len = 0; | |
5816 | |
5817 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
5818 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
5819 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
5820 * to start with %. */ | |
5821 if (leader_len == 0) | |
5822 no_leader = TRUE; | |
5823 #endif | |
5824 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5825 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5826 && leader_len == 0 | |
5827 #endif | |
5828 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
5829 | |
5830 break; | |
5831 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
5832 break; | |
5833 | |
5834 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
5835 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
5836 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5837 | |
2004 | 5838 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
667 | 5839 foundcol = 0; |
5840 | |
5841 /* | |
5842 * Find position to break at. | |
5843 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
5844 */ | |
5845 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
5846 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5847 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
5848 { | |
2004 | 5849 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
5850 cc = c; | |
5851 else | |
5852 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
667 | 5853 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
5854 { | |
5855 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
2004 | 5856 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
667 | 5857 |
5858 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
5859 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5860 { | |
5861 dec_cursor(); | |
5862 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5863 } | |
5864 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5865 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
5866 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5867 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5868 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5869 break; | |
5870 #endif | |
5871 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
5872 { | |
5873 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
5874 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5875 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
2004 | 5876 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
5877 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
5878 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
5879 break; | |
5880 #endif | |
667 | 5881 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
5882 dec_cursor(); | |
5883 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5884 | |
5885 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5886 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
5887 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5888 } | |
2004 | 5889 |
5890 inc_cursor(); | |
5891 | |
5892 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
5893 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5894 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
667 | 5895 break; |
5896 } | |
5897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2004 | 5898 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
667 | 5899 { |
5900 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
2004 | 5901 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
5902 { | |
5903 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5904 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5905 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5906 break; | |
5907 #endif | |
5908 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5909 inc_cursor(); | |
5910 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
5911 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
5912 { | |
5913 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5914 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
5915 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
5916 break; | |
5917 } | |
5918 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5919 } | |
5920 | |
5921 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5922 break; | |
5923 | |
5924 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5925 | |
5926 dec_cursor(); | |
5927 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5928 | |
5929 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5930 continue; /* break with space */ | |
5931 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5932 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5933 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5934 break; | |
5935 #endif | |
5936 | |
5937 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5938 | |
667 | 5939 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
5940 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
2004 | 5941 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
5942 break; | |
667 | 5943 } |
5944 #endif | |
5945 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5946 break; | |
5947 dec_cursor(); | |
5948 } | |
5949 | |
5950 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
5951 { | |
5952 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
5953 break; | |
5954 } | |
5955 | |
5956 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
5957 undisplay_dollar(); | |
5958 | |
5959 /* | |
5960 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
5961 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
5962 * over the text instead. | |
5963 */ | |
5964 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5965 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5966 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
5967 else | |
5968 #endif | |
2004 | 5969 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
667 | 5970 |
5971 /* | |
5972 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
5973 * characters that will remain on top line | |
5974 */ | |
5975 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
2004 | 5976 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
5977 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
667 | 5978 inc_cursor(); |
5979 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5980 if (startcol < 0) | |
5981 startcol = 0; | |
5982 | |
5983 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5984 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5985 { | |
5986 /* | |
5987 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
5988 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
5989 */ | |
5990 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
5991 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
5992 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
5993 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
5994 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
5995 | |
5996 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
5997 if (!fo_white_par) | |
5998 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
5999 } | |
6000 else | |
6001 #endif | |
6002 { | |
6003 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
6004 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6005 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
6006 } | |
6007 | |
6008 /* | |
6009 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
6010 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
6011 */ | |
6012 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
6013 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
6014 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6015 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
6016 #endif | |
6017 , old_indent); | |
6018 old_indent = 0; | |
6019 | |
6020 replace_offset = 0; | |
6021 if (first_line) | |
6022 { | |
6023 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
6024 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
6025 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
6026 { | |
6027 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6028 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 6029 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
667 | 6030 else |
6031 #endif | |
6032 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
6033 } | |
6034 first_line = FALSE; | |
6035 } | |
6036 | |
6037 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6038 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6039 { | |
6040 /* | |
6041 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
6042 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
6043 */ | |
6044 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
6045 vim_free(saved_text); | |
6046 } | |
6047 else | |
6048 #endif | |
6049 { | |
6050 /* | |
6051 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
6052 * may have added or removed indent. | |
6053 */ | |
6054 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
6055 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
6056 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
6057 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
6058 } | |
6059 | |
6060 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
6061 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
6062 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
6063 #endif | |
6064 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
6065 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6066 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6067 did_si = FALSE; | |
6068 can_si = FALSE; | |
6069 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6070 #endif | |
6071 line_breakcheck(); | |
6072 } | |
6073 | |
6074 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
6075 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
6076 | |
6077 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
6078 { | |
6079 update_topline(); | |
6080 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
6081 } | |
6082 } | |
6083 | |
6084 /* | |
7 | 6085 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
6086 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
6087 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
6088 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
6089 * saved here. | |
6090 */ | |
6091 void | |
6092 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
6093 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
6094 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
6095 { | |
6096 pos_T pos; | |
6097 colnr_T len; | |
6098 char_u *old; | |
6099 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
6100 int wasatend; | |
301 | 6101 int cc; |
7 | 6102 |
6103 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
6104 return; | |
6105 | |
6106 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6107 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
6108 | |
6109 /* may remove added space */ | |
6110 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6111 | |
6112 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
6113 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
6114 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
6115 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
6116 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
1872 | 6117 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
7 | 6118 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
6119 { | |
6120 dec_cursor(); | |
301 | 6121 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6122 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
6123 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
7 | 6124 dec_cursor(); |
301 | 6125 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6126 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6127 { |
6128 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6129 return; | |
6130 } | |
6131 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6132 } | |
6133 | |
6134 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6135 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
6136 * comments. */ | |
6137 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
6138 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
6139 return; | |
6140 #endif | |
6141 | |
6142 /* | |
6143 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
6144 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
6145 * the start of a paragraph. | |
6146 */ | |
6147 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6148 { | |
6149 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6150 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
6151 return; | |
6152 } | |
6153 | |
6154 /* | |
6155 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
6156 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
6157 */ | |
6158 saved_cursor = pos; | |
1563 | 6159 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
7 | 6160 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
6161 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
6162 | |
6163 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6164 { | |
6165 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
6166 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6167 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
6168 } | |
6169 else | |
6170 check_cursor_col(); | |
6171 | |
6172 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
6173 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
6174 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
6175 * formatted. */ | |
6176 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
6177 { | |
6178 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
835 | 6179 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
7 | 6180 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
6181 { | |
6182 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
6183 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
6184 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
6185 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
6186 /* remove the space later */ | |
6187 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
6188 } | |
6189 else | |
6190 /* may remove added space */ | |
6191 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6192 } | |
6193 | |
6194 check_cursor(); | |
6195 } | |
6196 | |
6197 /* | |
6198 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
6199 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
6200 * position. | |
6201 */ | |
6202 static void | |
6203 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
6204 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
6205 { | |
6206 int c = ' '; | |
301 | 6207 int cc; |
7 | 6208 |
6209 if (did_add_space) | |
6210 { | |
301 | 6211 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6212 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6213 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
6214 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6215 else | |
6216 { | |
6217 if (!end_insert) | |
6218 { | |
6219 inc_cursor(); | |
6220 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
6221 dec_cursor(); | |
6222 } | |
6223 if (c != NUL) | |
6224 { | |
6225 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
6226 del_char(FALSE); | |
6227 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6228 } | |
6229 } | |
6230 } | |
6231 } | |
6232 | |
6233 /* | |
6234 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
6235 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
6236 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
6237 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
6238 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
6239 */ | |
6240 int | |
6241 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
867 | 6242 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
7 | 6243 { |
6244 int textwidth; | |
6245 | |
6246 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
6247 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
6248 { | |
6249 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
6250 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
6251 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
6252 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
6253 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
6254 textwidth -= 1; | |
6255 #endif | |
6256 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6257 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
6258 #endif | |
6259 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
6260 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
6261 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
6262 || usingNetbeans | |
6263 # endif | |
6264 ) | |
6265 textwidth -= 1; | |
6266 #endif | |
6267 if (curwin->w_p_nu) | |
6268 textwidth -= 8; | |
6269 } | |
6270 if (textwidth < 0) | |
6271 textwidth = 0; | |
6272 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
6273 { | |
6274 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
6275 if (textwidth > 79) | |
6276 textwidth = 79; | |
6277 } | |
6278 return textwidth; | |
6279 } | |
6280 | |
6281 /* | |
6282 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
6283 */ | |
6284 static void | |
6285 redo_literal(c) | |
6286 int c; | |
6287 { | |
6288 char_u buf[10]; | |
6289 | |
6290 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
6291 * three digits. */ | |
6292 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
6293 { | |
1872 | 6294 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
7 | 6295 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
6296 } | |
6297 else | |
6298 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6299 } | |
6300 | |
6301 /* | |
6302 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
484 | 6303 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
7 | 6304 */ |
6305 static void | |
6306 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
840 | 6307 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
7 | 6308 { |
6309 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
6310 { | |
6311 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
6312 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
6313 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
6314 } | |
744 | 6315 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6316 check_spell_redraw(); |
6317 #endif | |
7 | 6318 } |
6319 | |
744 | 6320 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6321 /* |
6322 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
6323 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
6324 */ | |
6325 static void | |
6326 check_spell_redraw() | |
6327 { | |
6328 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
6329 { | |
6330 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
6331 | |
6332 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
6333 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
6334 } | |
6335 } | |
484 | 6336 |
6337 /* | |
6338 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
6339 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
6340 */ | |
6341 static void | |
6342 spell_back_to_badword() | |
6343 { | |
6344 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6345 | |
499 | 6346 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
484 | 6347 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
6348 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
6349 } | |
221 | 6350 #endif |
6351 | |
7 | 6352 /* |
6353 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
6354 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
6355 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
6356 */ | |
6357 int | |
6358 stop_arrow() | |
6359 { | |
6360 if (arrow_used) | |
6361 { | |
6362 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6363 { | |
6364 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
6365 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6366 } | |
6367 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
1869 | 6368 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 6369 ai_col = 0; |
6370 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6371 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6372 { | |
6373 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6374 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
6375 } | |
6376 #endif | |
6377 ResetRedobuff(); | |
6378 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
613 | 6379 new_insert_skip = 2; |
7 | 6380 } |
6381 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
6382 { | |
6383 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6384 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6385 } | |
6386 | |
6387 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6388 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
6389 foldOpenCursor(); | |
6390 #endif | |
6391 | |
6392 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
6393 } | |
6394 | |
6395 /* | |
840 | 6396 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
6397 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
6398 * to another window/buffer. | |
7 | 6399 */ |
6400 static void | |
6401 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
840 | 6402 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
603 | 6403 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
7 | 6404 { |
603 | 6405 int cc; |
6406 char_u *ptr; | |
7 | 6407 |
6408 stop_redo_ins(); | |
6409 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
6410 | |
6411 /* | |
603 | 6412 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
6413 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
6414 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
7 | 6415 */ |
603 | 6416 ptr = get_inserted(); |
615 | 6417 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
6418 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
603 | 6419 { |
6420 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6421 last_insert = ptr; | |
6422 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
6423 } | |
6424 else | |
6425 vim_free(ptr); | |
7 | 6426 |
840 | 6427 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
7 | 6428 { |
6429 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
6430 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
6431 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
6432 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
10 | 6433 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
7 | 6434 { |
10 | 6435 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6436 | |
7 | 6437 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
6438 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
6439 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
6440 cc = 'x'; | |
6441 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
6442 { | |
6443 dec_cursor(); | |
6444 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6445 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
10 | 6446 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
7 | 6447 } |
6448 | |
6449 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
6450 | |
10 | 6451 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
6452 { | |
6453 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
6454 inc_cursor(); | |
6455 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6456 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
6457 * the "coladd". */ | |
6458 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
6459 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
6460 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
6461 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
6462 #endif | |
6463 } | |
7 | 6464 } |
6465 | |
6466 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
6467 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
6468 | |
6469 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
10 | 6470 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
1892 | 6471 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
6472 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
6473 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
10 | 6474 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
1892 | 6475 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
6476 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7 | 6477 { |
10 | 6478 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6479 | |
6480 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
1892 | 6481 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
786 | 6482 for (;;) |
6483 { | |
6484 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
6485 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6486 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6487 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6488 break; | |
1892 | 6489 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
6490 break; /* should not happen */ | |
786 | 6491 } |
10 | 6492 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
6493 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
6494 else if (cc != NUL) | |
7 | 6495 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
6496 | |
6497 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6498 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
6499 * deleted characters. */ | |
6500 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6501 { | |
1872 | 6502 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
6503 | |
6504 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
7 | 6505 { |
1872 | 6506 VIsual.col = len; |
7 | 6507 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
6508 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
6509 # endif | |
6510 } | |
6511 } | |
6512 #endif | |
6513 } | |
6514 } | |
6515 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6516 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6517 did_si = FALSE; | |
6518 can_si = FALSE; | |
6519 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6520 #endif | |
6521 | |
840 | 6522 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
6523 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
6524 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
6525 { | |
6526 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
6527 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
6528 } | |
7 | 6529 } |
6530 | |
6531 /* | |
6532 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
6533 * Used for the replace command. | |
6534 */ | |
6535 void | |
6536 set_last_insert(c) | |
6537 int c; | |
6538 { | |
6539 char_u *s; | |
6540 | |
6541 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6543 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
6544 #else | |
6545 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
6546 #endif | |
6547 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
6548 { | |
6549 s = last_insert; | |
6550 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
6551 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
6552 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
6553 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
6554 *s++ = ESC; | |
6555 *s++ = NUL; | |
6556 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
6557 } | |
6558 } | |
6559 | |
359 | 6560 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
6561 void | |
6562 free_last_insert() | |
6563 { | |
6564 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6565 last_insert = NULL; | |
1446 | 6566 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
694 | 6567 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
6568 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
1446 | 6569 # endif |
359 | 6570 } |
6571 #endif | |
6572 | |
7 | 6573 /* |
6574 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
6575 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
6576 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
6577 */ | |
6578 char_u * | |
6579 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
6580 int c; | |
6581 char_u *s; | |
6582 { | |
6583 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6584 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
6585 int i; | |
6586 int len; | |
6587 | |
6588 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
6589 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
6590 { | |
6591 c = temp[i]; | |
6592 #endif | |
6593 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
6594 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
6595 { | |
6596 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
6597 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
6598 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
6599 } | |
6600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6601 else if (c == CSI) | |
6602 { | |
6603 *s++ = CSI; | |
6604 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
6605 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
6606 } | |
6607 #endif | |
6608 else | |
6609 *s++ = c; | |
6610 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6611 } | |
6612 #endif | |
6613 return s; | |
6614 } | |
6615 | |
6616 /* | |
6617 * move cursor to start of line | |
6618 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
6619 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
6620 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
6621 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
6622 */ | |
6623 void | |
6624 beginline(flags) | |
6625 int flags; | |
6626 { | |
6627 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
6628 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6629 else | |
6630 { | |
6631 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6632 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6633 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6634 #endif | |
6635 | |
6636 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
6637 { | |
6638 char_u *ptr; | |
6639 | |
6640 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
6641 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
6642 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6643 } | |
6644 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6645 } | |
6646 } | |
6647 | |
6648 /* | |
6649 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
6650 * | |
6651 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
773 | 6652 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
7 | 6653 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
6654 */ | |
6655 | |
6656 int | |
6657 oneright() | |
6658 { | |
6659 char_u *ptr; | |
6660 int l; | |
6661 | |
6662 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6663 if (virtual_active()) | |
6664 { | |
6665 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6666 | |
6667 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
6668 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6669 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
773 | 6670 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 6671 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
773 | 6672 # else |
7 | 6673 *ptr |
773 | 6674 # endif |
7 | 6675 )) |
6676 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
6677 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6678 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
6679 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
6680 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
6681 } | |
6682 #endif | |
6683 | |
6684 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
773 | 6685 if (*ptr == NUL) |
6686 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
6687 | |
7 | 6688 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
773 | 6689 if (has_mbyte) |
6690 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
7 | 6691 else |
6692 #endif | |
773 | 6693 l = 1; |
6694 | |
6695 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
6696 * contains "onemore". */ | |
6697 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
6698 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6699 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
6700 #endif | |
6701 ) | |
6702 return FAIL; | |
6703 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
7 | 6704 |
6705 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6706 return OK; | |
6707 } | |
6708 | |
6709 int | |
6710 oneleft() | |
6711 { | |
6712 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6713 if (virtual_active()) | |
6714 { | |
6715 int width; | |
6716 int v = getviscol(); | |
6717 | |
6718 if (v == 0) | |
6719 return FAIL; | |
6720 | |
6721 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
6722 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
6723 width = 1; | |
6724 for (;;) | |
6725 { | |
6726 coladvance(v - width); | |
6727 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
6728 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
6729 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
6730 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6731 && !has_mbyte | |
6732 # endif | |
6733 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
6734 break; | |
6735 ++width; | |
6736 } | |
6737 # else | |
6738 coladvance(v - 1); | |
6739 # endif | |
6740 | |
6741 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
6742 { | |
6743 char_u *ptr; | |
6744 | |
6745 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
6746 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6747 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
6748 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6749 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
6750 # else | |
6751 *ptr | |
6752 # endif | |
6753 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
6754 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6755 } | |
6756 | |
6757 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6758 return OK; | |
6759 } | |
6760 #endif | |
6761 | |
6762 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6763 return FAIL; | |
6764 | |
6765 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6766 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6767 | |
6768 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6769 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
6770 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
6771 if (has_mbyte) | |
6772 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
6773 #endif | |
6774 return OK; | |
6775 } | |
6776 | |
6777 int | |
6778 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
6779 long n; | |
6780 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6781 { | |
6782 linenr_T lnum; | |
6783 | |
6784 if (n > 0) | |
6785 { | |
6786 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
161 | 6787 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
6788 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6789 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6790 return FAIL; |
6791 if (n >= lnum) | |
6792 lnum = 1; | |
6793 else | |
6794 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6795 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6796 { | |
6797 /* | |
6798 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
6799 */ | |
6800 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
6801 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6802 | |
6803 while (n--) | |
6804 { | |
6805 /* move up one line */ | |
6806 --lnum; | |
6807 if (lnum <= 1) | |
6808 break; | |
6809 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
6810 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
6811 * in a moment. */ | |
6812 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
6813 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6814 } | |
6815 if (lnum < 1) | |
6816 lnum = 1; | |
6817 } | |
6818 else | |
6819 #endif | |
6820 lnum -= n; | |
6821 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6822 } | |
6823 | |
6824 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
6825 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6826 | |
6827 if (upd_topline) | |
6828 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
6829 | |
6830 return OK; | |
6831 } | |
6832 | |
6833 /* | |
6834 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
6835 */ | |
6836 int | |
6837 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
6838 long n; | |
6839 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6840 { | |
6841 linenr_T lnum; | |
6842 | |
6843 if (n > 0) | |
6844 { | |
6845 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6846 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6847 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
6848 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
6849 #endif | |
161 | 6850 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
6851 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6852 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6853 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6854 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6855 return FAIL; |
6856 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6857 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6858 else | |
6859 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6860 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6861 { | |
6862 linenr_T last; | |
6863 | |
6864 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
6865 while (n--) | |
6866 { | |
6867 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
6868 lnum = last + 1; | |
6869 else | |
6870 ++lnum; | |
6871 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6872 break; | |
6873 } | |
6874 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6875 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6876 } | |
6877 else | |
6878 #endif | |
6879 lnum += n; | |
6880 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6881 } | |
6882 | |
6883 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
6884 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6885 | |
6886 if (upd_topline) | |
6887 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
6888 | |
6889 return OK; | |
6890 } | |
6891 | |
6892 /* | |
6893 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
6894 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
6895 * first have to remove the command. | |
6896 */ | |
6897 int | |
6898 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
6899 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
6900 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
6901 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
6902 { | |
6903 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
6904 char_u *ptr; | |
6905 char_u *last_ptr; | |
6906 char_u last = NUL; | |
6907 | |
6908 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
6909 if (ptr == NULL) | |
6910 { | |
6911 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
6912 return FAIL; | |
6913 } | |
6914 | |
6915 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
6916 if (c != NUL) | |
6917 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
6918 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
6919 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
6920 | |
6921 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
6922 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
6923 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
6924 */ | |
6925 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
6926 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
6927 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
6928 { | |
6929 last = *last_ptr; | |
6930 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
6931 } | |
6932 | |
6933 do | |
6934 { | |
6935 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
6936 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
6937 if (last) | |
6938 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
6939 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
6940 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
6941 } | |
6942 while (--count > 0); | |
6943 | |
6944 if (last) | |
6945 *last_ptr = last; | |
6946 | |
6947 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
6948 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
6949 | |
6950 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
6951 if (!no_esc) | |
6952 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
6953 | |
6954 return OK; | |
6955 } | |
6956 | |
6957 char_u * | |
6958 get_last_insert() | |
6959 { | |
6960 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
6961 return NULL; | |
6962 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
6963 } | |
6964 | |
6965 /* | |
6966 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
6967 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
6968 */ | |
6969 char_u * | |
6970 get_last_insert_save() | |
6971 { | |
6972 char_u *s; | |
6973 int len; | |
6974 | |
6975 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
6976 return NULL; | |
6977 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
6978 if (s != NULL) | |
6979 { | |
6980 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
6981 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
6982 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
6983 } | |
6984 return s; | |
6985 } | |
6986 | |
6987 /* | |
6988 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
6989 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
6990 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
6991 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
6992 */ | |
6993 static int | |
6994 echeck_abbr(c) | |
6995 int c; | |
6996 { | |
6997 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
6998 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
6999 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
7000 return FALSE; | |
7001 | |
7002 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
7003 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
7004 } | |
7005 | |
7006 /* | |
7007 * replace-stack functions | |
7008 * | |
7009 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
7010 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
7011 * | |
7012 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
7013 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
7014 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
7015 * | |
7016 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
7017 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
7018 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
7019 * | |
7020 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
7021 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
7022 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
7023 */ | |
7024 | |
298 | 7025 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
7026 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
7027 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
7 | 7028 |
7029 void | |
7030 replace_push(c) | |
7031 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
7032 { | |
7033 char_u *p; | |
7034 | |
7035 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
7036 return; | |
7037 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
7038 { | |
7039 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
7040 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
7041 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7042 { | |
7043 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
7044 return; | |
7045 } | |
7046 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
7047 { | |
7048 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
7049 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7050 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7051 } | |
7052 replace_stack = p; | |
7053 } | |
7054 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
7055 if (replace_offset) | |
7056 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7057 *p = c; | |
7058 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
7059 } | |
7060 | |
1470 | 7061 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
7062 /* | |
7063 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
7064 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
7065 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
7066 */ | |
7067 int | |
7068 replace_push_mb(p) | |
7069 char_u *p; | |
7070 { | |
7071 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
7072 int j; | |
7073 | |
7074 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
7075 replace_push(p[j]); | |
7076 return l; | |
7077 } | |
7078 #endif | |
7079 | |
840 | 7080 #if 0 |
7 | 7081 /* |
7082 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL. | |
7083 */ | |
7084 static void | |
7085 replace_push_off(c) | |
7086 int c; | |
7087 { | |
7088 char_u *p; | |
7089 | |
7090 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr; | |
7091 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr; | |
7092 ++replace_offset) | |
7093 if (*--p == NUL) | |
7094 break; | |
7095 replace_push(c); | |
7096 replace_offset = 0; | |
7097 } | |
840 | 7098 #endif |
7 | 7099 |
7100 /* | |
7101 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
7102 * return -1 if stack empty | |
7103 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
7104 */ | |
7105 static int | |
7106 replace_pop() | |
7107 { | |
7108 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
7109 return -1; | |
7110 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
7111 } | |
7112 | |
7113 /* | |
7114 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
7115 * encountered. | |
7116 */ | |
7117 static void | |
7118 replace_join(off) | |
7119 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
7120 { | |
7121 int i; | |
7122 | |
7123 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
7124 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
7125 { | |
7126 --replace_stack_nr; | |
7127 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
7128 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
7129 return; | |
7130 } | |
7131 } | |
7132 | |
7133 /* | |
7134 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
7135 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
7136 */ | |
7137 static void | |
7138 replace_pop_ins() | |
7139 { | |
7140 int cc; | |
7141 int oldState = State; | |
7142 | |
7143 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
7144 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
7145 { | |
7146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7147 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
7148 #else | |
7149 ins_char(cc); | |
7150 #endif | |
7151 dec_cursor(); | |
7152 } | |
7153 State = oldState; | |
7154 } | |
7155 | |
7156 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7157 /* | |
7158 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
7159 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
7160 */ | |
7161 static void | |
7162 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
7163 int cc; | |
7164 { | |
7165 int n; | |
7166 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
7167 int i; | |
7168 int c; | |
7169 | |
7170 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
7171 { | |
7172 buf[0] = cc; | |
7173 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7174 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7175 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7176 } | |
7177 else | |
7178 ins_char(cc); | |
7179 | |
7180 if (enc_utf8) | |
7181 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
7182 for (;;) | |
7183 { | |
7184 c = replace_pop(); | |
7185 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
7186 break; | |
7187 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
7188 { | |
7189 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
7190 replace_push(c); | |
7191 break; | |
7192 } | |
7193 else | |
7194 { | |
7195 buf[0] = c; | |
7196 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7197 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7198 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
7199 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7200 else | |
7201 { | |
7202 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
7203 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
7204 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
7205 break; | |
7206 } | |
7207 } | |
7208 } | |
7209 } | |
7210 #endif | |
7211 | |
7212 /* | |
7213 * make the replace stack empty | |
7214 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
7215 */ | |
7216 static void | |
7217 replace_flush() | |
7218 { | |
7219 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7220 replace_stack = NULL; | |
7221 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
7222 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
7223 } | |
7224 | |
7225 /* | |
7226 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
7227 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
7228 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
7229 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
7230 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
1782 | 7231 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
7232 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
7 | 7233 */ |
7234 static void | |
1782 | 7235 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
7236 int limit_col; | |
7 | 7237 { |
7238 int cc; | |
7239 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7240 int orig_len = 0; | |
7241 int ins_len; | |
7242 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
7243 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
7244 char_u *p; | |
7245 int i; | |
7246 int vcol; | |
7247 #endif | |
7248 | |
7249 cc = replace_pop(); | |
7250 if (cc > 0) | |
7251 { | |
7252 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7253 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7254 { | |
7255 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
7256 * going to delete. */ | |
7257 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
7258 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
7259 } | |
7260 #endif | |
7261 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7262 if (has_mbyte) | |
7263 { | |
1782 | 7264 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7265 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
7266 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7267 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 7268 # endif |
7269 replace_push(cc); | |
7270 } | |
7271 else | |
7272 #endif | |
7273 { | |
7274 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
7275 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7276 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7277 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
7 | 7278 #endif |
7279 } | |
7280 replace_pop_ins(); | |
7281 | |
7282 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7283 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7284 { | |
7285 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
7286 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
835 | 7287 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
7 | 7288 vcol = start_vcol; |
7289 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
7290 { | |
7291 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
7292 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 7293 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
7 | 7294 #endif |
7295 } | |
7296 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
7297 | |
7298 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
7299 * text aligned. */ | |
7300 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
7301 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
7302 { | |
7303 del_char(FALSE); | |
7304 ++orig_vcols; | |
7305 } | |
7306 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
7307 } | |
7308 #endif | |
7309 | |
7310 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
7311 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
7312 } | |
7313 else if (cc == 0) | |
1782 | 7314 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7315 } |
7316 | |
7317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7318 /* | |
7319 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
7320 */ | |
7321 static int | |
7322 cindent_on() | |
7323 { | |
7324 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
7325 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7326 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
7327 # endif | |
7328 )); | |
7329 } | |
7330 #endif | |
7331 | |
7332 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7333 /* | |
7334 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
7335 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
7336 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
7337 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
7338 */ | |
7339 | |
7340 void | |
7341 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
7342 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
7343 { | |
1516 | 7344 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 7345 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
7346 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
7347 } | |
7348 | |
7349 void | |
7350 fix_indent() | |
7351 { | |
7352 if (p_paste) | |
7353 return; | |
7354 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
7355 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
7356 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
7357 # endif | |
7358 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
7359 else | |
7360 # endif | |
7361 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7362 if (cindent_on()) | |
7363 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
7364 # endif | |
7365 } | |
7366 | |
7367 #endif | |
7368 | |
7369 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7370 /* | |
7371 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
7372 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
7373 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
7374 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
7375 * | |
7376 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
7377 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
7378 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
7379 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
7380 * | |
7381 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
7382 */ | |
7383 int | |
7384 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
7385 int keytyped; | |
7386 int when; | |
7387 int line_is_empty; | |
7388 { | |
7389 char_u *look; | |
7390 int try_match; | |
7391 int try_match_word; | |
7392 char_u *p; | |
7393 char_u *line; | |
7394 int icase; | |
7395 int i; | |
7396 | |
2025 | 7397 if (keytyped == NUL) |
7398 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
7399 return FALSE; | |
7400 | |
7 | 7401 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7402 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
7403 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
7404 else | |
7405 #endif | |
7406 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
7407 while (*look) | |
7408 { | |
7409 /* | |
7410 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
7411 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
7412 */ | |
7413 switch (when) | |
7414 { | |
7415 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
7416 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
7417 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
7418 } | |
7419 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
7420 ++look; | |
7421 | |
7422 /* | |
7423 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
7424 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
7425 */ | |
7426 if (*look == '0') | |
7427 { | |
7428 try_match_word = try_match; | |
7429 if (!line_is_empty) | |
7430 try_match = FALSE; | |
7431 ++look; | |
7432 } | |
7433 else | |
7434 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
7435 | |
7436 /* | |
7437 * does it look like a control character? | |
7438 */ | |
7439 if (*look == '^' | |
7440 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7441 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
7442 #else | |
7443 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
7444 #endif | |
7445 ) | |
7446 { | |
7447 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
7448 return TRUE; | |
7449 look += 2; | |
7450 } | |
7451 /* | |
7452 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
7453 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
7454 */ | |
7455 else if (*look == 'o') | |
7456 { | |
7457 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
7458 return TRUE; | |
7459 ++look; | |
7460 } | |
7461 else if (*look == 'O') | |
7462 { | |
7463 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
7464 return TRUE; | |
7465 ++look; | |
7466 } | |
7467 | |
7468 /* | |
7469 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
7470 * cursor. | |
7471 */ | |
7472 else if (*look == 'e') | |
7473 { | |
7474 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
7475 { | |
7476 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7477 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
7478 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
7479 return TRUE; | |
7480 } | |
7481 ++look; | |
7482 } | |
7483 | |
7484 /* | |
7485 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
7486 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
7487 * class::method for C++). | |
7488 */ | |
7489 else if (*look == ':') | |
7490 { | |
7491 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
7492 { | |
7493 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7494 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30)) | |
7495 return TRUE; | |
1300 | 7496 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
7497 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7 | 7498 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
7499 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
7500 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
7501 { | |
7502 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
7503 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) | |
7504 || cin_islabel(30)); | |
7505 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7506 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
7507 if (i) | |
7508 return TRUE; | |
7509 } | |
7510 } | |
7511 ++look; | |
7512 } | |
7513 | |
7514 | |
7515 /* | |
7516 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
7517 */ | |
7518 else if (*look == '<') | |
7519 { | |
7520 if (try_match) | |
7521 { | |
7522 /* | |
7523 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
7524 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
7525 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
7526 */ | |
7527 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
7528 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
7529 return TRUE; | |
7530 | |
7531 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
7532 return TRUE; | |
7533 } | |
7534 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
7535 look++; | |
7536 while (*look == '>') | |
7537 look++; | |
7538 } | |
7539 | |
7540 /* | |
7541 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
7542 */ | |
7543 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
7544 { | |
7545 ++look; | |
7546 if (*look == '~') | |
7547 { | |
7548 icase = TRUE; | |
7549 ++look; | |
7550 } | |
7551 else | |
7552 icase = FALSE; | |
7553 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
7554 if (p == NULL) | |
7555 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
7556 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
7557 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
7558 { | |
7559 int match = FALSE; | |
7560 | |
7561 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7562 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
7563 { | |
7564 char_u *s; | |
7565 | |
7566 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
7567 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
7568 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7569 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7570 if (has_mbyte) | |
7571 { | |
7572 char_u *n; | |
7573 | |
7574 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
7575 { | |
7576 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
7577 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
7578 break; | |
7579 } | |
7580 } | |
7581 else | |
7582 # endif | |
7583 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
7584 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
7585 break; | |
7586 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
7587 && (icase | |
7588 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
7589 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
7590 match = TRUE; | |
7591 } | |
7592 else | |
7593 #endif | |
7594 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
7595 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
7596 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
7597 { | |
7598 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7599 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
7600 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
7601 && (icase | |
7602 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
7603 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
7604 == 0) | |
7605 match = TRUE; | |
7606 } | |
7607 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
7608 { | |
7609 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
7610 * word. */ | |
7611 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7612 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
7613 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
7614 match = FALSE; | |
7615 } | |
7616 if (match) | |
7617 return TRUE; | |
7618 } | |
7619 look = p; | |
7620 } | |
7621 | |
7622 /* | |
7623 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
7624 */ | |
7625 else | |
7626 { | |
7627 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
7628 return TRUE; | |
7629 ++look; | |
7630 } | |
7631 | |
7632 /* | |
7633 * Skip over ", ". | |
7634 */ | |
7635 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
7636 } | |
7637 return FALSE; | |
7638 } | |
7639 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
7640 | |
7641 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7642 /* | |
7643 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
7644 */ | |
7645 int | |
7646 hkmap(c) | |
7647 int c; | |
7648 { | |
7649 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
7650 { | |
7651 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
7652 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
7653 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
7654 static char_u map[26] = | |
7655 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
7656 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
7657 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
7658 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
7659 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
7660 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
7661 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
7662 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
7663 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
7664 | |
7665 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
7666 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
7667 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
7668 else if (c == 'x') | |
7669 return 'X'; | |
7670 else if (c == 'q') | |
7671 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
7672 else if (c == 246) | |
7673 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
7674 else if (c == 228) | |
7675 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7676 else if (c == 252) | |
7677 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7678 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7679 else if (islower(c)) | |
7680 #else | |
7681 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
7682 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
7683 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
7684 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
7685 */ | |
7686 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
7687 #endif | |
7688 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
7689 else | |
7690 return c; | |
7691 } | |
7692 else | |
7693 { | |
7694 switch (c) | |
7695 { | |
7696 case '`': return ';'; | |
7697 case '/': return '.'; | |
7698 case '\'': return ','; | |
7699 case 'q': return '/'; | |
7700 case 'w': return '\''; | |
7701 | |
7702 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
7703 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
7704 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
7705 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
7706 default: { | |
7707 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
7708 | |
7709 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7710 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
7711 if (!islower(c)) | |
7712 #else | |
7713 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
7714 #endif | |
7715 return c; | |
7716 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
7717 break; | |
7718 } | |
7719 } | |
7720 | |
7721 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
7722 } | |
7723 } | |
7724 #endif | |
7725 | |
7726 static void | |
7727 ins_reg() | |
7728 { | |
7729 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
7730 int regname; | |
7731 int literally = 0; | |
844 | 7732 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
7733 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
7734 #endif | |
7 | 7735 |
7736 /* | |
7737 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
7738 */ | |
7739 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
7740 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
7741 { | |
7742 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 7743 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 7744 |
7745 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
7746 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7747 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
7748 #endif | |
7749 } | |
7750 | |
7751 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
7752 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
7753 #endif | |
7754 | |
7755 /* | |
7756 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7757 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7758 */ | |
7759 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7760 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7761 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7762 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
7763 { | |
7764 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
7765 literally = regname; | |
7766 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7767 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
7768 #endif | |
1389 | 7769 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7770 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7771 } | |
7772 --no_mapping; | |
7773 | |
7774 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7775 /* | |
7776 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
7777 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
7778 */ | |
7779 ++no_u_sync; | |
7780 if (regname == '=') | |
7781 { | |
133 | 7782 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7783 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
133 | 7784 # endif |
7 | 7785 regname = get_expr_register(); |
133 | 7786 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7787 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
7788 if (im_on) | |
7789 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
133 | 7790 # endif |
7 | 7791 } |
140 | 7792 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
7793 { | |
7794 vim_beep(); | |
7 | 7795 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
140 | 7796 } |
7 | 7797 else |
7798 { | |
7799 #endif | |
7800 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
7801 { | |
7802 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
7803 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
7804 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
7805 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
7806 | |
7807 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
7808 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
7809 } | |
7810 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
7811 { | |
7812 vim_beep(); | |
7813 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
7814 } | |
133 | 7815 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
7816 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
7817 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
7818 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
7819 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
7820 | |
7 | 7821 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7822 } | |
7823 --no_u_sync; | |
7824 #endif | |
7825 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7826 clear_showcmd(); | |
7827 #endif | |
7828 | |
7829 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
7830 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
7831 edit_unputchar(); | |
844 | 7832 |
7833 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
7834 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
7835 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
7836 end_visual_mode(); | |
7837 #endif | |
7 | 7838 } |
7839 | |
7840 /* | |
7841 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
7842 */ | |
7843 static void | |
7844 ins_ctrl_g() | |
7845 { | |
7846 int c; | |
7847 | |
7848 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7849 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
7850 setcursor(); | |
7851 #endif | |
7852 | |
7853 /* | |
7854 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7855 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7856 */ | |
7857 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7858 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7859 --no_mapping; |
7860 switch (c) | |
7861 { | |
7862 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
7863 case K_UP: | |
7864 case Ctrl_K: | |
7865 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
7866 break; | |
7867 | |
7868 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
7869 case K_DOWN: | |
7870 case Ctrl_J: | |
7871 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
7872 break; | |
7873 | |
7874 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
825 | 7875 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
7 | 7876 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
626 | 7877 |
7878 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
1219 | 7879 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
626 | 7880 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 7881 break; |
7882 | |
7883 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
7884 default: vim_beep(); | |
7885 } | |
7886 } | |
7887 | |
7888 /* | |
449 | 7889 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
7890 */ | |
7891 static void | |
7892 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
7893 { | |
782 | 7894 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
449 | 7895 { |
7896 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
7897 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
7898 { | |
7899 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
7900 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
7901 } | |
7902 else | |
7903 { | |
7904 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
7905 State |= LANGMAP; | |
7906 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
7907 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
7908 #endif | |
7909 } | |
7910 } | |
7911 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
7912 else | |
7913 { | |
7914 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
7915 if (im_get_status()) | |
7916 { | |
7917 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
7918 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
7919 } | |
7920 else | |
7921 { | |
7922 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
7923 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
7924 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
7925 } | |
7926 } | |
7927 #endif | |
7928 set_iminsert_global(); | |
7929 showmode(); | |
7930 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7931 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
7932 if (gui.in_use) | |
7933 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
7934 #endif | |
7935 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
7936 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
7937 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
7938 #endif | |
7939 } | |
7940 | |
7941 /* | |
7 | 7942 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
7943 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
7944 * insert. | |
7945 */ | |
7946 static int | |
477 | 7947 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
7 | 7948 long *count; |
7949 int cmdchar; | |
477 | 7950 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
7 | 7951 { |
7952 int temp; | |
7953 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
7954 | |
744 | 7955 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
449 | 7956 check_spell_redraw(); |
7957 #endif | |
7 | 7958 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
7959 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
7960 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
7961 # endif | |
7962 if (composing_hangul) | |
7963 { | |
7964 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
7965 composing_hangul = 0; | |
7966 } | |
7967 #endif | |
7968 | |
7969 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7970 if (disabled_redraw) | |
7971 { | |
7972 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
7973 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
7974 } | |
7975 if (!arrow_used) | |
7976 { | |
7977 /* | |
7978 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
75 | 7979 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
7980 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
7 | 7981 */ |
7982 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
75 | 7983 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
7 | 7984 |
7985 /* | |
7986 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
7987 * interrupt now and then. | |
7988 */ | |
7989 if (*count > 0) | |
7990 { | |
7991 line_breakcheck(); | |
7992 if (got_int) | |
7993 *count = 0; | |
7994 } | |
7995 | |
7996 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
7997 { | |
164 | 7998 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
7999 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
8000 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
8001 | |
7 | 8002 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
8003 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
8004 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
8005 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8006 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
8007 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
8008 } | |
8009 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
8010 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8011 } | |
8012 | |
8013 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
8014 * indent */ | |
8015 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
8016 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
8017 | |
8018 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
8019 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
8020 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8021 | |
8022 /* | |
8023 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
477 | 8024 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
7 | 8025 */ |
477 | 8026 if (!nomove |
8027 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
7 | 8028 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
8029 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
8030 #endif | |
477 | 8031 ) |
8032 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
8033 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
7 | 8034 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
477 | 8035 && !VIsual_active |
8036 #endif | |
8037 )) | |
7 | 8038 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8039 && !revins_on | |
8040 #endif | |
8041 ) | |
8042 { | |
8043 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8044 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
8045 { | |
8046 oneleft(); | |
8047 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
8048 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8049 } | |
8050 else | |
8051 #endif | |
8052 { | |
8053 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8055 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
8056 if (has_mbyte) | |
8057 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
8058 #endif | |
8059 } | |
8060 } | |
8061 | |
8062 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8063 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
8064 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
8065 * well). */ | |
8066 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
8067 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
8068 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8069 #endif | |
8070 | |
8071 State = NORMAL; | |
8072 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
8073 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
8074 | |
8075 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8076 setmouse(); | |
8077 #endif | |
8078 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8079 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8080 #endif | |
8081 | |
8082 /* | |
8083 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
8084 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
8085 */ | |
8086 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
8087 showmode(); | |
8088 else if (p_smd) | |
8089 MSG(""); | |
8090 | |
8091 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
8092 } | |
8093 | |
8094 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8095 /* | |
8096 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
8097 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
8098 */ | |
8099 static void | |
8100 ins_ctrl_() | |
8101 { | |
8102 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
8103 { | |
8104 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
8105 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8106 } | |
8107 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
8108 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
8109 if (revins_on) | |
8110 { | |
8111 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8112 revins_legal++; | |
8113 revins_chars = 0; | |
8114 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8115 } | |
8116 else | |
8117 revins_scol = -1; | |
8118 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8119 if (p_altkeymap) | |
8120 { | |
8121 /* | |
8122 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
8123 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
8124 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
8125 */ | |
8126 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
8127 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
8128 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
8129 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8130 State = INSERT; | |
8131 } | |
8132 else | |
8133 #endif | |
8134 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
8135 showmode(); | |
8136 } | |
8137 #endif | |
8138 | |
8139 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8140 /* | |
8141 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
8142 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
8143 */ | |
8144 static int | |
8145 ins_start_select(c) | |
8146 int c; | |
8147 { | |
8148 if (km_startsel) | |
8149 switch (c) | |
8150 { | |
8151 case K_KHOME: | |
8152 case K_KEND: | |
8153 case K_PAGEUP: | |
8154 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
8155 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
8156 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
8157 # ifdef MACOS | |
8158 case K_LEFT: | |
8159 case K_RIGHT: | |
8160 case K_UP: | |
8161 case K_DOWN: | |
8162 case K_END: | |
8163 case K_HOME: | |
8164 # endif | |
8165 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
8166 break; | |
8167 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
8168 case K_S_LEFT: | |
8169 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
8170 case K_S_UP: | |
8171 case K_S_DOWN: | |
8172 case K_S_END: | |
8173 case K_S_HOME: | |
8174 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
8175 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
8176 start_selection(); | |
8177 | |
8178 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
8179 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
8180 if (mod_mask) | |
8181 { | |
8182 char_u buf[4]; | |
8183 | |
8184 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
8185 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
8186 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
8187 buf[3] = NUL; | |
8188 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
8189 } | |
8190 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
8191 return TRUE; | |
8192 } | |
8193 return FALSE; | |
8194 } | |
8195 #endif | |
8196 | |
8197 /* | |
449 | 8198 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
8199 */ | |
8200 static void | |
8201 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
8202 int replaceState; | |
8203 { | |
8204 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8205 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8206 { | |
8207 beep_flush(); | |
8208 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
8209 return; | |
8210 } | |
8211 #endif | |
8212 | |
8213 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
532 | 8214 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
449 | 8215 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
8216 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
667 | 8217 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
8218 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
8219 # endif | |
8220 "r"), 1); | |
532 | 8221 # endif |
449 | 8222 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
8223 #endif | |
8224 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8225 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8226 else | |
8227 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8228 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
8229 showmode(); | |
8230 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8231 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8232 #endif | |
8233 } | |
8234 | |
8235 /* | |
8236 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
8237 */ | |
8238 static void | |
8239 ins_ctrl_o() | |
8240 { | |
8241 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8242 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8243 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
8244 else | |
8245 #endif | |
8246 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8247 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
8248 else | |
8249 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
8250 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8251 if (virtual_active()) | |
8252 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
8253 else | |
8254 #endif | |
8255 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
8256 } | |
8257 | |
8258 /* | |
7 | 8259 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
8260 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
1796 | 8261 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
7 | 8262 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
8263 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
8264 */ | |
8265 static void | |
8266 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
8267 int c; | |
8268 int lastc; | |
8269 { | |
8270 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8271 return; | |
8272 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8273 | |
8274 /* | |
8275 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
8276 */ | |
1330 | 8277 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
8278 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
7 | 8279 { |
8280 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8281 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
8282 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
8283 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8284 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8285 if (lastc == '^') | |
8286 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
1516 | 8287 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8288 } |
8289 else | |
1516 | 8290 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8291 |
8292 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
8293 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8294 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8295 did_si = FALSE; | |
8296 can_si = FALSE; | |
8297 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8298 #endif | |
8299 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8300 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
8301 #endif | |
8302 } | |
8303 | |
8304 static void | |
8305 ins_del() | |
8306 { | |
8307 int temp; | |
8308 | |
8309 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8310 return; | |
8311 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
8312 { | |
8313 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8314 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
8315 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
8316 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL | |
8317 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL) | |
8318 vim_beep(); | |
8319 else | |
8320 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
8321 } | |
8322 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
8323 vim_beep(); | |
8324 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8325 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8326 did_si = FALSE; | |
8327 can_si = FALSE; | |
8328 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8329 #endif | |
8330 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
8331 } | |
8332 | |
1460 | 8333 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
8334 | |
8335 /* | |
8336 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
8337 */ | |
8338 static void | |
8339 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
8340 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
8341 { | |
8342 dec_cursor(); | |
8343 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
8344 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8345 { | |
8346 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
8347 * Replace mode */ | |
8348 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8349 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
1782 | 8350 replace_do_bs(-1); |
1460 | 8351 } |
8352 else | |
8353 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8354 } | |
8355 | |
7 | 8356 /* |
8357 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
8358 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
8359 */ | |
8360 static int | |
8361 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
8362 int c; | |
8363 int mode; | |
8364 int *inserted_space_p; | |
8365 { | |
8366 linenr_T lnum; | |
8367 int cc; | |
8368 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1872 | 8369 colnr_T save_col; |
7 | 8370 colnr_T mincol; |
8371 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
8372 int in_indent; | |
8373 int oldState; | |
8374 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8375 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
7 | 8376 #endif |
8377 | |
8378 /* | |
8379 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
8380 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
8381 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
8382 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
8383 */ | |
8384 if ( bufempty() | |
8385 || ( | |
8386 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8387 !revins_on && | |
8388 #endif | |
8389 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8390 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
8391 && (arrow_used | |
8392 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8393 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
8394 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
8395 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
8396 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
8397 { | |
8398 vim_beep(); | |
8399 return FALSE; | |
8400 } | |
8401 | |
8402 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8403 return FALSE; | |
8404 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
8405 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8406 if (in_indent) | |
8407 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
8408 #endif | |
8409 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
8410 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
8411 #endif | |
8412 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8413 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
8414 inc_cursor(); | |
8415 #endif | |
8416 | |
8417 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8418 /* Virtualedit: | |
8419 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
8420 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
8421 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
8422 */ | |
8423 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
8424 { | |
8425 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8426 { | |
8427 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8428 return TRUE; | |
8429 } | |
8430 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
8431 { | |
8432 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8433 return TRUE; | |
8434 } | |
8435 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8436 } | |
8437 #endif | |
8438 | |
8439 /* | |
8440 * delete newline! | |
8441 */ | |
8442 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8443 { | |
8444 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
8445 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8446 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8447 || revins_on | |
8448 #endif | |
8449 ) | |
8450 { | |
8451 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
8452 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
8453 return FALSE; | |
8454 --Insstart.lnum; | |
8455 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
8456 } | |
8457 /* | |
8458 * In replace mode: | |
8459 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
8460 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
8461 */ | |
8462 cc = -1; | |
8463 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8464 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
8465 /* | |
8466 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
8467 * cursor. | |
8468 */ | |
8469 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
8470 { | |
8471 dec_cursor(); | |
8472 } | |
8473 else | |
8474 { | |
8475 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8476 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8477 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
8478 #endif | |
8479 { | |
8480 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
8481 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
278 | 8482 |
8483 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
8484 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
8485 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
8486 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
8487 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
8488 { | |
8489 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
8490 TRUE); | |
8491 int len; | |
8492 | |
835 | 8493 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
278 | 8494 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
8495 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
8496 } | |
8497 | |
7 | 8498 (void)do_join(FALSE); |
8499 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
8500 inc_cursor(); | |
8501 } | |
8502 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8503 else | |
8504 dec_cursor(); | |
8505 #endif | |
8506 | |
8507 /* | |
8508 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
8509 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
8510 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
8511 * characters that NL replaced. | |
8512 */ | |
8513 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8514 { | |
8515 /* | |
8516 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
8517 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
8518 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
8519 */ | |
8520 oldState = State; | |
8521 State = NORMAL; | |
8522 /* | |
8523 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
8524 */ | |
8525 while (cc > 0) | |
8526 { | |
1872 | 8527 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8529 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
8530 #else | |
8531 ins_char(cc); | |
8532 #endif | |
1872 | 8533 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8534 cc = replace_pop(); |
8535 } | |
8536 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
8537 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8538 State = oldState; | |
8539 } | |
8540 } | |
8541 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8542 } | |
8543 else | |
8544 { | |
8545 /* | |
8546 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
8547 */ | |
8548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8549 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
8550 dec_cursor(); | |
8551 #endif | |
8552 mincol = 0; | |
8553 /* keep indent */ | |
1085 | 8554 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
8555 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
8556 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2004 | 8557 || cindent_on() |
1085 | 8558 #endif |
8559 ) | |
7 | 8560 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8561 && !revins_on | |
8562 #endif | |
8563 ) | |
8564 { | |
1872 | 8565 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8566 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
1988 | 8567 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
7 | 8568 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
1872 | 8569 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8570 } |
8571 | |
8572 /* | |
8573 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
8574 */ | |
8575 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
8576 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
648 | 8577 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
1497 | 8578 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
7 | 8579 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
8580 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
8581 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
8582 || arrow_used)))))) | |
8583 { | |
8584 int ts; | |
8585 colnr_T vcol; | |
8586 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
1460 | 8587 colnr_T start_vcol; |
7 | 8588 |
8589 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
648 | 8590 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
7 | 8591 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
8592 else | |
8593 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
8594 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
8595 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
8596 * the previous character. */ | |
8597 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
1460 | 8598 start_vcol = vcol; |
7 | 8599 dec_cursor(); |
8600 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
8601 inc_cursor(); | |
8602 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
8603 | |
8604 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
8605 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
8606 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
1460 | 8607 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
7 | 8608 |
8609 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
8610 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
8611 { | |
8612 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
8613 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8614 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8615 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8616 | |
8617 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8618 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8619 ins_char(' '); | |
8620 else | |
8621 #endif | |
8622 { | |
8623 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
1460 | 8624 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
8625 replace_push(NUL); | |
7 | 8626 } |
8627 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
8628 } | |
1460 | 8629 |
8630 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
8631 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
8632 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
8633 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
7 | 8634 } |
8635 | |
8636 /* | |
8637 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
8638 */ | |
8639 else do | |
8640 { | |
8641 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8642 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
8643 #endif | |
8644 dec_cursor(); | |
8645 | |
8646 /* start of word? */ | |
8647 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
8648 { | |
8649 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
8650 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
8651 } | |
8652 /* end of word? */ | |
8653 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
8654 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
8655 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
8656 { | |
8657 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8658 if (!revins_on) | |
8659 #endif | |
8660 inc_cursor(); | |
8661 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8662 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8663 dec_cursor(); | |
8664 #endif | |
8665 break; | |
8666 } | |
8667 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 8668 replace_do_bs(-1); |
7 | 8669 else |
8670 { | |
8671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8672 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
714 | 8673 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
7 | 8674 #endif |
8675 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8677 /* | |
714 | 8678 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
8679 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
7 | 8680 * character. |
8681 */ | |
714 | 8682 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
7 | 8683 inc_cursor(); |
8684 #endif | |
8685 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8686 if (revins_chars) | |
8687 { | |
8688 revins_chars--; | |
8689 revins_legal++; | |
8690 } | |
8691 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
8692 break; | |
8693 #endif | |
8694 } | |
8695 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
8696 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8697 break; | |
8698 } while ( | |
8699 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8700 revins_on || | |
8701 #endif | |
8702 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
8703 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8704 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
8705 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
8706 } | |
8707 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8708 did_si = FALSE; | |
8709 can_si = FALSE; | |
8710 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8711 #endif | |
8712 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
8713 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8714 /* | |
8715 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
8716 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
8717 * with. | |
8718 */ | |
8719 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8720 | |
8721 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
8722 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8723 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8724 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8725 | |
8726 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
8727 * was there remains visible | |
8728 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
8729 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
8730 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
8731 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
8732 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
8733 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
8734 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
8735 | |
1514 | 8736 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
8737 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
8738 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
8739 * char before a Tab. */ | |
8740 if (did_backspace) | |
8741 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8742 #endif | |
8743 | |
7 | 8744 return did_backspace; |
8745 } | |
8746 | |
8747 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8748 static void | |
8749 ins_mouse(c) | |
8750 int c; | |
8751 { | |
8752 pos_T tpos; | |
840 | 8753 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
7 | 8754 |
8755 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8756 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
8757 if (!gui.in_use) | |
8758 # endif | |
8759 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
8760 return; | |
8761 | |
8762 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8763 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8764 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
8765 { | |
840 | 8766 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8767 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
8768 | |
8769 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
8770 { | |
8771 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
8772 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
8773 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8774 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8775 } | |
8776 #endif | |
8777 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
8778 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8779 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
8780 { | |
8781 curwin = new_curwin; | |
8782 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8783 } | |
8784 #endif | |
7 | 8785 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
8786 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8787 # endif | |
8788 } | |
8789 | |
8790 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8791 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
8792 redraw_statuslines(); | |
8793 #endif | |
8794 } | |
8795 | |
8796 static void | |
8797 ins_mousescroll(up) | |
8798 int up; | |
8799 { | |
8800 pos_T tpos; | |
1434 | 8801 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
8802 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
8803 # endif | |
8804 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8805 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
7 | 8806 # endif |
8807 | |
8808 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8809 | |
8810 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8811 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
8812 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
8813 { | |
8814 int row, col; | |
8815 | |
8816 row = mouse_row; | |
8817 col = mouse_col; | |
8818 | |
8819 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
8820 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
8821 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8822 } | |
8823 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
8824 # endif | |
8825 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8826 | |
1434 | 8827 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8828 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
8829 if (!pum_visible() | |
8830 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8831 || curwin != old_curwin | |
8832 # endif | |
8833 ) | |
8834 # endif | |
8835 { | |
8836 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) | |
8837 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); | |
8838 else | |
8839 scroll_redraw(up, 3L); | |
8840 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8841 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
8842 # endif | |
8843 } | |
7 | 8844 |
8845 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8846 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
8847 | |
8848 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8849 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8850 # endif | |
8851 | |
1434 | 8852 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8853 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
8854 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
8855 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
8856 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
8857 { | |
8858 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
8859 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
8860 } | |
8861 # endif | |
8862 | |
7 | 8863 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
8864 { | |
8865 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8866 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8867 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8868 # endif | |
8869 } | |
8870 } | |
8871 #endif | |
8872 | |
692 | 8873 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 8874 static void |
692 | 8875 ins_tabline(c) |
8876 int c; | |
8877 { | |
8878 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
8879 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
8880 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
8881 { | |
8882 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8883 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
8884 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8885 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8886 # endif | |
8887 } | |
8888 | |
8889 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
8890 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
8891 else | |
846 | 8892 { |
692 | 8893 handle_tabmenu(); |
846 | 8894 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
8895 } | |
692 | 8896 } |
8897 #endif | |
8898 | |
8899 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7 | 8900 void |
8901 ins_scroll() | |
8902 { | |
8903 pos_T tpos; | |
8904 | |
8905 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8906 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8907 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
8908 { | |
8909 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8910 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8911 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8912 # endif | |
8913 } | |
8914 } | |
8915 | |
8916 void | |
8917 ins_horscroll() | |
8918 { | |
8919 pos_T tpos; | |
8920 | |
8921 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8922 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8923 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll()) | |
8924 { | |
8925 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8926 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8927 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8928 # endif | |
8929 } | |
8930 } | |
8931 #endif | |
8932 | |
8933 static void | |
8934 ins_left() | |
8935 { | |
8936 pos_T tpos; | |
8937 | |
8938 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
8939 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
8940 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8941 #endif | |
8942 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8943 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8944 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
8945 { | |
941 | 8946 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
8947 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
8948 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
8949 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
8950 #endif | |
8951 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
7 | 8952 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8953 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
8954 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
8955 revins_legal++; | |
8956 revins_chars++; | |
8957 #endif | |
8958 } | |
8959 | |
8960 /* | |
8961 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
8962 * previous line | |
8963 */ | |
8964 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
8965 { | |
8966 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8967 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
8968 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
8969 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
8970 } | |
8971 else | |
8972 vim_beep(); | |
8973 } | |
8974 | |
8975 static void | |
8976 ins_home(c) | |
8977 int c; | |
8978 { | |
8979 pos_T tpos; | |
8980 | |
8981 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
8982 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
8983 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8984 #endif | |
8985 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8986 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8987 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
8988 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
8989 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
8990 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8991 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8992 #endif | |
8993 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
8994 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8995 } | |
8996 | |
8997 static void | |
8998 ins_end(c) | |
8999 int c; | |
9000 { | |
9001 pos_T tpos; | |
9002 | |
9003 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9004 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9005 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9006 #endif | |
9007 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9008 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9009 if (c == K_C_END) | |
9010 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
9011 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9012 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
9013 | |
9014 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9015 } | |
9016 | |
9017 static void | |
9018 ins_s_left() | |
9019 { | |
9020 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9021 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9022 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9023 #endif | |
9024 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9025 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9026 { | |
9027 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9028 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
9029 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9030 } | |
9031 else | |
9032 vim_beep(); | |
9033 } | |
9034 | |
9035 static void | |
9036 ins_right() | |
9037 { | |
9038 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9039 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9040 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9041 #endif | |
9042 undisplay_dollar(); | |
1877 | 9043 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
9044 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9045 || virtual_active() | |
9046 #endif | |
7 | 9047 ) |
9048 { | |
9049 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9050 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9051 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9052 if (virtual_active()) | |
9053 oneright(); | |
9054 else | |
9055 #endif | |
9056 { | |
9057 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9058 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 9059 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 9060 else |
9061 #endif | |
9062 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9063 } | |
9064 | |
9065 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9066 revins_legal++; | |
9067 if (revins_chars) | |
9068 revins_chars--; | |
9069 #endif | |
9070 } | |
9071 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
9072 * cursor to the next line */ | |
9073 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
9074 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9075 { | |
9076 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9077 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9078 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
9079 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9080 } | |
9081 else | |
9082 vim_beep(); | |
9083 } | |
9084 | |
9085 static void | |
9086 ins_s_right() | |
9087 { | |
9088 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9089 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9090 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9091 #endif | |
9092 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9093 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
9094 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
9095 { | |
9096 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9097 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
9098 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9099 } | |
9100 else | |
9101 vim_beep(); | |
9102 } | |
9103 | |
9104 static void | |
9105 ins_up(startcol) | |
9106 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9107 { | |
9108 pos_T tpos; | |
9109 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9110 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9111 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9112 #endif | |
9113 | |
9114 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9115 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9116 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9117 { | |
9118 if (startcol) | |
9119 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9120 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9121 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9122 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9123 #endif | |
9124 ) | |
9125 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9126 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9127 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9128 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9129 #endif | |
9130 } | |
9131 else | |
9132 vim_beep(); | |
9133 } | |
9134 | |
9135 static void | |
9136 ins_pageup() | |
9137 { | |
9138 pos_T tpos; | |
9139 | |
9140 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9141 |
9142 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9143 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9144 { | |
9145 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
1013 | 9146 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9147 { | |
9148 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9149 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
9150 } | |
828 | 9151 return; |
9152 } | |
9153 #endif | |
9154 | |
7 | 9155 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9156 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9157 { | |
9158 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9159 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9160 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9161 #endif | |
9162 } | |
9163 else | |
9164 vim_beep(); | |
9165 } | |
9166 | |
9167 static void | |
9168 ins_down(startcol) | |
9169 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9170 { | |
9171 pos_T tpos; | |
9172 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9173 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9174 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9175 #endif | |
9176 | |
9177 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9178 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9179 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9180 { | |
9181 if (startcol) | |
9182 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9183 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9184 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9185 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9186 #endif | |
9187 ) | |
9188 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9189 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9190 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9191 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9192 #endif | |
9193 } | |
9194 else | |
9195 vim_beep(); | |
9196 } | |
9197 | |
9198 static void | |
9199 ins_pagedown() | |
9200 { | |
9201 pos_T tpos; | |
9202 | |
9203 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9204 |
9205 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9206 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9207 { | |
9208 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
1013 | 9209 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9210 { | |
9211 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9212 goto_tabpage(0); | |
9213 } | |
828 | 9214 return; |
9215 } | |
9216 #endif | |
9217 | |
7 | 9218 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9219 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9220 { | |
9221 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9222 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9223 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9224 #endif | |
9225 } | |
9226 else | |
9227 vim_beep(); | |
9228 } | |
9229 | |
9230 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
9231 static void | |
9232 ins_drop() | |
9233 { | |
9234 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
9235 } | |
9236 #endif | |
9237 | |
9238 /* | |
9239 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
9240 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
9241 */ | |
9242 static int | |
9243 ins_tab() | |
9244 { | |
9245 int ind; | |
9246 int i; | |
9247 int temp; | |
9248 | |
9249 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
9250 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
9251 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9252 return FALSE; | |
9253 | |
9254 ind = inindent(0); | |
9255 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9256 if (ind) | |
9257 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
9258 #endif | |
9259 | |
9260 /* | |
9261 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
9262 */ | |
9263 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
9264 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
9265 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
9266 return TRUE; | |
9267 | |
9268 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9269 return TRUE; | |
9270 | |
9271 did_ai = FALSE; | |
9272 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
9273 did_si = FALSE; | |
9274 can_si = FALSE; | |
9275 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
9276 #endif | |
9277 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
9278 | |
9279 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
9280 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
9281 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
9282 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
9283 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
9284 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
9285 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
9286 | |
9287 /* | |
9288 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
9289 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
9290 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
9291 */ | |
9292 ins_char(' '); | |
9293 while (--temp > 0) | |
9294 { | |
9295 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9296 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9297 ins_char(' '); | |
9298 else | |
9299 #endif | |
9300 { | |
9301 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
9302 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
9303 replace_push(NUL); | |
9304 } | |
9305 } | |
9306 | |
9307 /* | |
9308 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
9309 */ | |
9310 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
9311 { | |
9312 char_u *ptr; | |
9313 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9314 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
9315 pos_T pos; | |
9316 #endif | |
9317 pos_T fpos; | |
9318 pos_T *cursor; | |
9319 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
9320 int change_col = -1; | |
9321 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
9322 | |
9323 /* | |
9324 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
9325 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
9326 */ | |
9327 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9328 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9329 { | |
9330 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9331 cursor = &pos; | |
9332 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
9333 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
9334 return FALSE; | |
9335 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
9336 } | |
9337 else | |
9338 #endif | |
9339 { | |
9340 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
9341 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
9342 } | |
9343 | |
9344 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
9345 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9346 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
9347 | |
9348 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
9349 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9350 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
9351 { | |
9352 --fpos.col; | |
9353 --ptr; | |
9354 } | |
9355 | |
9356 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
9357 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9358 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
9359 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9360 { | |
9361 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
9362 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
9363 } | |
9364 | |
9365 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
9366 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9367 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9368 | |
9369 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
9370 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
9371 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
9372 { | |
9373 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
9374 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
9375 break; | |
9376 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
9377 { | |
9378 *ptr = TAB; | |
9379 if (change_col < 0) | |
9380 { | |
9381 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
9382 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
9383 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9384 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
9385 } | |
9386 } | |
9387 ++fpos.col; | |
9388 ++ptr; | |
9389 vcol += i; | |
9390 } | |
9391 | |
9392 if (change_col >= 0) | |
9393 { | |
9394 int repl_off = 0; | |
9395 | |
9396 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
9397 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
9398 { | |
9399 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
9400 ++ptr; | |
9401 ++repl_off; | |
9402 } | |
9403 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
9404 { | |
9405 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
9406 --ptr; | |
9407 --repl_off; | |
9408 } | |
9409 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
9410 | |
9411 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
9412 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
9413 if (i > 0) | |
9414 { | |
1622 | 9415 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
7 | 9416 /* correct replace stack. */ |
9417 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9418 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9419 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9420 #endif | |
9421 ) | |
9422 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
9423 replace_join(repl_off); | |
9424 } | |
33 | 9425 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
9426 if (usingNetbeans) | |
9427 { | |
9428 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, | |
9429 (long)(i + 1)); | |
9430 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, | |
9431 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
9432 } | |
9433 #endif | |
7 | 9434 cursor->col -= i; |
9435 | |
9436 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9437 /* | |
9438 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
9439 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
9440 * spacing. | |
9441 */ | |
9442 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9443 { | |
9444 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
9445 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
9446 | |
9447 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
9448 * ptr-cursor */ | |
9449 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
9450 cursor->col - change_col); | |
9451 } | |
9452 #endif | |
9453 } | |
9454 | |
9455 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9456 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9457 vim_free(saved_line); | |
9458 #endif | |
9459 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
9460 } | |
9461 | |
9462 return FALSE; | |
9463 } | |
9464 | |
9465 /* | |
9466 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
9467 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
9468 */ | |
9469 static int | |
9470 ins_eol(c) | |
9471 int c; | |
9472 { | |
9473 int i; | |
9474 | |
9475 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9476 return FALSE; | |
9477 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9478 return TRUE; | |
9479 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9480 | |
9481 /* | |
9482 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
9483 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
9484 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
9485 */ | |
9486 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9487 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9488 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9489 #endif | |
9490 ) | |
9491 replace_push(NUL); | |
9492 | |
9493 /* | |
9494 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
9495 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
9496 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
9497 * in open_line(). | |
9498 */ | |
9499 | |
844 | 9500 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
9501 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
9502 * CTRL-O). */ | |
9503 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
9504 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
9505 #endif | |
9506 | |
7 | 9507 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9508 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
9509 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
9510 fkmap(NL); | |
9511 # endif | |
9512 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
9513 * current line. */ | |
9514 if (revins_on) | |
9515 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
9516 #endif | |
9517 | |
9518 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
9519 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
9520 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
9521 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
9522 #endif | |
9523 0, old_indent); | |
9524 old_indent = 0; | |
9525 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9526 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9527 #endif | |
1032 | 9528 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
9529 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
9530 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9531 #endif | |
7 | 9532 |
9533 return (!i); | |
9534 } | |
9535 | |
9536 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
9537 /* | |
9538 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
9539 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
9540 * done. | |
9541 */ | |
9542 static int | |
9543 ins_digraph() | |
9544 { | |
9545 int c; | |
9546 int cc; | |
9547 | |
9548 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
9549 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9550 { | |
9551 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9552 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9553 |
9554 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
9555 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9556 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
9557 #endif | |
9558 } | |
9559 | |
9560 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
9561 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
9562 #endif | |
9563 | |
9564 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
9565 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
9566 ++no_mapping; | |
9567 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9568 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9569 --no_mapping; |
9570 --allow_keys; | |
9571 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ | |
9572 { | |
9573 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9574 clear_showcmd(); | |
9575 #endif | |
9576 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9577 return NUL; | |
9578 } | |
9579 if (c != ESC) | |
9580 { | |
9581 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9582 { | |
9583 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9584 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9585 |
9586 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
9587 { | |
9588 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing | |
9589 * an ESC next */ | |
9590 edit_unputchar(); | |
661 | 9591 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9592 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
9593 } | |
9594 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9595 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
9596 #endif | |
9597 } | |
9598 ++no_mapping; | |
9599 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9600 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9601 --no_mapping; |
9602 --allow_keys; | |
9603 if (cc != ESC) | |
9604 { | |
9605 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
9606 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
9607 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9608 clear_showcmd(); | |
9609 #endif | |
9610 return c; | |
9611 } | |
9612 } | |
9613 edit_unputchar(); | |
9614 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9615 clear_showcmd(); | |
9616 #endif | |
9617 return NUL; | |
9618 } | |
9619 #endif | |
9620 | |
9621 /* | |
9622 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
9623 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
9624 */ | |
9625 static int | |
9626 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
9627 linenr_T lnum; | |
9628 { | |
9629 int c; | |
9630 int temp; | |
9631 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
9632 | |
9633 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9634 { | |
9635 vim_beep(); | |
9636 return NUL; | |
9637 } | |
9638 | |
9639 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
9640 temp = 0; | |
9641 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
9642 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9643 validate_virtcol(); | |
9644 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
9645 { | |
9646 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9647 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
9648 } | |
9649 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
9650 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
9651 | |
9652 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9653 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
9654 #else | |
9655 c = *ptr; | |
9656 #endif | |
9657 if (c == NUL) | |
9658 vim_beep(); | |
9659 return c; | |
9660 } | |
9661 | |
449 | 9662 /* |
9663 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
9664 */ | |
9665 static int | |
9666 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
9667 int tc; | |
9668 { | |
9669 int c = tc; | |
9670 | |
9671 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9672 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
9673 { | |
9674 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
9675 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
9676 else | |
9677 scrollup_clamp(); | |
9678 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9679 } | |
9680 else | |
9681 #endif | |
9682 { | |
9683 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
9684 if (c != NUL) | |
9685 { | |
9686 long tw_save; | |
9687 | |
9688 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
9689 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
9690 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
9691 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
9692 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
9693 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
9694 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
9695 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
9696 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9697 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
9698 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9699 revins_chars++; | |
9700 revins_legal++; | |
9701 #endif | |
9702 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
9703 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
9704 } | |
9705 } | |
9706 return c; | |
9707 } | |
9708 | |
7 | 9709 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
9710 /* | |
9711 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
9712 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
9713 */ | |
9714 static void | |
9715 ins_try_si(c) | |
9716 int c; | |
9717 { | |
9718 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
9719 char_u *ptr; | |
9720 int i; | |
9721 int temp; | |
9722 | |
9723 /* | |
9724 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
9725 */ | |
9726 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
9727 { | |
9728 /* | |
9729 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
9730 */ | |
9731 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
9732 { | |
9733 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9734 /* | |
9735 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
9736 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
9737 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
9738 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
9739 * lines -- webb | |
9740 */ | |
9741 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
9742 i = pos->col; | |
9743 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
9744 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
9745 ; | |
9746 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
9747 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
9748 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
9749 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
9750 i = get_indent(); | |
9751 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9752 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9753 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 9754 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
7 | 9755 else |
9756 #endif | |
9757 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9758 } | |
9759 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9760 { | |
9761 /* | |
9762 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
9763 * more than indent of previous line | |
9764 */ | |
9765 temp = TRUE; | |
9766 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9767 { | |
9768 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9769 i = get_indent(); | |
9770 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9771 { | |
9772 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
9773 | |
9774 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
9775 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
9776 break; | |
9777 } | |
9778 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
9779 temp = FALSE; | |
9780 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9781 } | |
9782 if (temp) | |
1516 | 9783 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
7 | 9784 } |
9785 } | |
9786 | |
9787 /* | |
9788 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
9789 */ | |
9790 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
9791 { | |
9792 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
9793 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
9794 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9795 } | |
9796 | |
9797 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
9798 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
9799 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9800 } | |
9801 #endif | |
9802 | |
9803 /* | |
9804 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
9805 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
9806 */ | |
9807 static colnr_T | |
9808 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
9809 { | |
9810 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9811 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9812 validate_virtcol(); | |
9813 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
9814 } |